Você está na página 1de 298

Cisco Reader Comment Card

General Information
1 Years of networking experience Years of experience with Cisco products
2 I have these network types: LAN Backbone WAN
Other:
3 I have these Cisco products: Switches Routers
Other: Specify model(s)
4 I perform these types of tasks: H/W Install and/or Maintenance S/W Config
Network Management Other:
5 I use these types of documentation: H/W Install H/W Config S/W Config
Command Reference Quick Reference Release Notes Online Help
Other:
6 I access this information through: % Cisco Connection Online (CCO) % CD-ROM
% Printed docs % Other:
7 Which method do you prefer?
8 I use the following three product features the most:

Document Information
Document Title: ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide
Part Number: 78-10891-03
On a scale of 1–5 (5 being the best) please let us know how we rate in the following areas:
The document was written at my The information was accurate.
technical level of understanding.
The document was complete. The information I wanted was easy to find.
The information was well organized. The information I found was useful to my job.
Please comment on our lowest score(s):

Mailing Information
Company Name Date
Contact Name Job Title
Mailing Address

City State/Province ZIP/Postal Code


Country Phone ( ) Extension
Fax ( ) E-mail
Can we contact you further concerning our documentation? Yes No
You can also send us your comments by e-mail to bug-doc@cisco.com, or fax your comments to us at (408) 527-8089.
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 4631 SAN JOSE CA
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
ATTN DOCUMENT RESOURCE CONNECTION
CISCO SYSTEMS INC
170 WEST TASMAN DRIVE
SAN JOSE CA 95134-9883
ATM and Layer 3 Module
Installation Guide
For the Catalyst 8500, LightStream 1010, and Catalyst 5500

Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100

Customer Order Number: DOC-7810891=


Text Part Number: 78-10891-03 B0
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT
NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT
ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR
THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.

THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION
PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO
LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class
A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when
the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a
residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required to correct the interference at their own expense.

The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate
radio-frequency energy. If it is not installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television
reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in
part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class
A or Class B digital devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct
any interference to radio or television communications at your own expense.

You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco
equipment or one of its peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by
using one or more of the following measures:

• Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops.

• Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio.

• Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio.

• Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television
or radio are on circuits controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.)

Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product.

The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as
part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE
PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
CCIP, the Cisco Arrow logo, the Cisco Powered Network mark, the Cisco Systems Verified logo, Cisco Unity, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare,
iQ Breakthrough, iQ Expertise, iQ FastTrack, the iQ Logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, Networking Academy, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, TransPath,
and Voice LAN are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Discover All That’s Possible, The Fastest
Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and iQuick Study are service marks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Aironet, ASIST, BPX, Catalyst, CCDA,
CCDP, CCIE, CCNA, CCNP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, the Cisco IOS logo, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco
Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Empowering the Internet Generation, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, GigaStack,
Internet Quotient, IOS, IP/TV, LightStream, MGX, MICA, the Networkers logo, Network Registrar, Packet, PIX, Post-Routing, Pre-Routing,
RateMUX, Registrar, SlideCast, StrataView Plus, Stratm, SwitchProbe, TeleRouter, and VCO are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or
its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries.

All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Web site are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply
a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0208R)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


Copyright © 1998–2003, Cisco Systems, Inc.
All rights reserved.
C O N T E N T S

Preface xvii
Audience xvii
Purpose xvii
Organization xviii
Conventions xx
Related Documentation xxiv
Obtaining Documentation xxv
World Wide Web xxv
Documentation CD-ROM xxv
Ordering Documentation xxv
Documentation Feedback xxvi
Obtaining Technical Assistance xxvi
Cisco.com xxvii
Technical Assistance Center xxvii
Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website xxvii
Contacting TAC by Telephone xxviii

CHAPTER 1 Product Overview 1-1


Route Processors 1-2
Switch Processors 1-3
Slot Assignments 1-3
Port Adapters and Interface Modules 1-4
Supported Modules 1-5

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 v
Contents

CHAPTER 2 Installing and Removing Modules 2-1


Safety Recommendations 2-2
Guidelines for Installing and Removing Modules 2-2
Hot Swapping 2-4
Tools Required 2-5
Installing and Removing Port Adapters 2-5
Installing Port Adapters 2-5
Removing Port Adapters 2-7
Installing and Removing Modules 2-8
Installing Modules 2-9
Removing Modules 2-12
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs 2-13
Parts and Tools Required 2-14
Installing Flash Memory SIMMs 2-14
Removing Flash Memory SIMMs 2-17
Installing and Removing Flash PC Cards 2-19
Installing a Flash PC Card 2-20
Removing a Flash PC Card 2-20
Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs 2-22
Patch Cord 2-23
Differential Mode Delay 2-24
Installing and Removing GBICs 2-26
Installing GBICs 2-26
Removing GBICs 2-28
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card 2-28
Parts and Tools Required 2-29
Installing an ACL Daughter Card 2-29
Removing an ACL Daughter Card 2-35
Confirming the Installation 2-39

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


vi 78-10891-03
Contents

CHAPTER 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors 3-1


About Route Processors 3-1
Management Ports 3-2
Network Clock Module 3-3
Flash PC Card Slots 3-4
Reset Switch 3-4
DRAM SIMMs 3-4
Flash Memory SIMM 3-5
LEDs 3-5
Feature Card 3-7
FC-PCQ and FC-PFQ 3-8
Maximum Switch Configuration 3-11
About Switch Processors 3-11

CHAPTER 4 25-Mbps Port Adapters 4-1


About 25-Mbps Port Adapters 4-1
Interface Ports Supported 4-2
ATM Connections Supported 4-3
Cabling 25-Mbps Port Adapters 4-4
25-Mbps Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 4-4
25-Mbps Port Adapter Connectors 4-4
25-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs 4-5

CHAPTER 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters 5-1


About 155-Mbps Port Adapters 5-2
Interface Ports Supported 5-2
ATM Connections Supported 5-3
JATE Approval 5-4
Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters 5-4

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 vii
Contents

155-Mbps Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 5-4


155-Mbps Port Adapter Connectors 5-5
155-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs 5-7

CHAPTER 6 16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules 6-1


About OC-3c Interface Modules 6-1
Interface Ports Supported 6-1
ATM Connections Supported 6-2
JATE Approval 6-3
Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules 6-3
OC-3c Interface Module Supported Interfaces 6-4
OC-3c Interface Module Connectors 6-4
OC-3c Interface Module LEDs 6-5

CHAPTER 7 622-Mbps Port Adapters 7-1


About 622-Mbps Port Adapters 7-1
Interface Ports Supported 7-1
ATM Connections Supported 7-2
Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters 7-3
622-Mbps Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 7-4
622-Mbps Port Adapter Connectors 7-4
622-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs 7-6

CHAPTER 8 Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules 8-1


About OC-12c Interface Modules 8-1
Interface Ports Supported 8-1
ATM Connections Supported 8-2
JATE Approval 8-3
Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules 8-3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


viii 78-10891-03
Contents

OC-12c Interface Module Supported Interfaces 8-3


OC-12c Interface Module Connectors 8-4
OC-12c Interface Module LEDs 8-5

CHAPTER 9 OC-48c Interface Modules 9-1


About OC-48c Interface Modules 9-1
Interface Ports Supported 9-2
ATM Connections Supported 9-2
Cabling OC-48c Interface Modules 9-4
OC-48c Interface Module Supported Interfaces 9-4
OC-48c Interface Module Connectors 9-4
OC-48c Interface Module LEDs 9-6

CHAPTER 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters 10-1


About T1 and E1 Port Adapters 10-2
Interface Ports Supported 10-2
ATM Connections Supported 10-3
Regulatory Approvals and Compliances 10-4
JATE Approval 10-4
FCC Part 68 Notice 10-4
Cabling T1 and E1 Port Adapters 10-6
T1 and E1 Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 10-6
T1 and E1 Port Adapter Trunk Connectors 10-7
T1 and E1 Port Adapter LEDs 10-8

CHAPTER 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters 11-1


About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters 11-1
Interface Ports Supported 11-2
ATM Connections Supported 11-3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 ix
Contents

Regulatory Approvals and Compliances 11-5


JATE Approval 11-5
FCC Part 68 Notice 11-5
CS-03 Certification 11-6
Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters 11-7
T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 11-8
T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter Trunk Connectors 11-8
T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter LEDs 11-10

CHAPTER 12 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters 12-1


About CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters 12-2
Interface Ports Supported 12-2
ATM Connections Supported 12-3
Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters 12-3
CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 12-4
CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter Connectors 12-4
CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter LEDs 12-5

CHAPTER 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters 13-1


About CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters 13-1
Interface Ports Supported 13-2
ATM Connections Supported 13-3
FCC Part 68 Notice 13-3
Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters 13-5
CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter Supported Interfaces: 13-5
CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter Connectors 13-5
CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter LEDs 13-7

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


x 78-10891-03
Contents

CHAPTER 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters 14-1


About DS3 and E3 Port Adapters 14-1
Interface Ports Supported 14-2
ATM Connections Supported 14-3
JATE Approval 14-4
Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters 14-5
DS3 and E3 Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 14-5
DS3 and E3 Port Adapter Connectors 14-5
DS3 and E3 Port Adapter LEDs 14-7

CHAPTER 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters 15-1


About CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters 15-1
Interface Ports Supported 15-2
ATM Connections Supported 15-2
Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters 15-3
CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter Supported Interfaces 15-4
CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter Connectors 15-4
CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter LEDs 15-5

CHAPTER 16 ATM Router Modules 16-1


About ATM Router Modules 16-1
ATM Connections Supported 16-3
ATM Router Module LEDs 16-5

CHAPTER 17 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules 17-1


About Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules 17-1
Interface Ports Supported 17-1
Connections Supported 17-2
Cabling Eight-Port 10/100Base-T Interface Modules 17-2

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xi
Contents

Interface Module Connectors 17-2


Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module LEDs 17-3

CHAPTER 18 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules 18-1


About 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules 18-1
Interface Ports Supported 18-1
Connections Supported 18-2
Cabling 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules 18-2
16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module Connectors 18-3
16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module LEDs 18-3

CHAPTER 19 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules 19-1


About Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules 19-1
Interface Ports Supported 19-1
Connections Supported 19-2
Cabling Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules 19-2
Interface Module Connectors 19-2
Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module LEDs 19-3

CHAPTER 20 16-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules 20-1


About 16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules 20-1
Interface Ports Supported 20-1
Connections Supported 20-2
Cabling 16-port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules 20-2
Interface Module Connectors 20-3
16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module LEDs 20-3

CHAPTER 21 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 21-1


About One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 21-1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xii 78-10891-03
Contents

Interface Ports Supported 21-1


Connections Supported 21-2
Cabling One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 21-2
One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module Connectors 21-3
One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs 21-3

CHAPTER 22 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 22-1


About Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 22-1
Interface Ports Supported 22-2
Connections supported 22-3
Cabling Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 22-3
Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module Connectors 22-3
Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs 22-4

CHAPTER 23 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 23-1


About Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 23-1
Interface Ports Supported 23-2
Connections supported 23-2
Cabling Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 23-3
Eight Port Connectors 23-3
Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs 23-4

CHAPTER 24 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 24-1


About Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 24-1
Interface Ports Supported 24-2
Connections supported 24-3
Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 24-3
Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module Connectors 24-3
Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs 24-4

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xiii
Contents

CHAPTER 25 ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 25-1
About ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 25-1
Interface Ports Supported 25-2
Connections Supported 25-3
JATE Approval 25-3
Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules 25-3
Interface Module Connectors 25-4
ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs 25-4

CHAPTER 26 Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface


Modules 26-1
About Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules 26-1
Interface Ports Supported 26-2
Connections Supported 26-3
JATE Approval 26-3
Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules 26-3
Interface Module Connectors 26-3
Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module
LEDs 26-4

CHAPTER 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module 27-1


About the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module 27-1
Connections Supported 27-2
Hardware and Software Requirements 27-4
Hardware Requirements 27-5
Software Requirements 27-5

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xiv 78-10891-03
Contents

APPENDIX A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications A-1


Component Specifications A-2
Agency Approvals A-4
Heat Dissipation and Watts A-5
Module Part Numbers A-7
Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances A-13
GBIC Cable Distances and Modal Bandwidths A-16
Fiber-Optic Power Levels A-18

APPENDIX B Connectors and Connector Pinouts B-1


Cable and Connector Types B-2
ATM Network Connections B-6
E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections B-6
Connecting 75-120-ohm Adapter Cable B-7
E1, CES E1, and E3 Receive Port Capacitor Clips B-8
Connecting the Switch Router to the Wiring Closet Patch Panel B-10
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts B-11
RJ-48c Connector Pinouts B-12
MT-RJ Ethernet Connector Pinouts B-13
96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts B-14
96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts B-16
Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts B-21

APPENDIX C Translated Safety Warnings C-1


Safety Information Referral Warning C-1
Power Cord Warning C-2
No. 26 AWG Warning C-4

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xv
Contents

INDEX

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xvi 78-10891-03
Preface

This preface describes the audience, organization, and conventions of the


ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide. It also provides information about
related documentation.

Audience
To use this guide, you should be familiar with electronic circuitry and wiring
practices and have experience as an electronic or electromechanical technician.

Purpose
This guide provides information about the modules that can be installed in the
ATM and Layer 3 systems listed in Table 1.

Table 1 ATM and Layer 3 Systems

ATM Layer 3
Catalyst 8540 multiservice ATM Catalyst 8540 campus switch router
switch router (MSR) (CSR)
Catalyst 8510 MSR Catalyst 8510 CSR
LightStream 1010 —
Catalyst 5500 —

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xvii
Preface
Organization

Additional port adapters are available for the Catalyst 5500. Refer to the
Catalyst 5500 hardware documentation for information about these port adapters.

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

Organization
This guide is organized as follows:

Chapter Title Description


Chapter 1 Product Overview Describes the route processors, switch
processors, port adapters, carrier
modules, and interface modules for the
ATM and Layer 3 platforms
Chapter 2 Installing and Describes installation procedures for the
Removing Modules route processors, switch processors, port
adapters, carrier modules, and interface
modules
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Describes the route processors and switch
Switch Processors processors for the ATM and Layer 3
platforms
Chapter 4 25-Mbps Port Describes the 25-Mbps ATM port
Adapters adapters
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Describes the 155-Mbps ATM port
Adapters adapters
Chapter 6 16-Port OC-3c Describes the 16-port OC-3c ATM
Interface Modules interface modules
Chapter 7 622-Mbps Port Describes the 622-Mbps ATM port
Adapters adapters
Chapter 8 Four-Port OC-12c Describes the four-port OC-12c ATM
Interface Modules interface modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xviii 78-10891-03
Preface
Organization

Chapter Title Description


Chapter 9 OC-48c Interface Describes the OC-48c ATM interface
Modules modules
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Describes the T1 and E1 ATM trunk port
Adapters adapters
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 Describes the eight-port T1 and E1 IMA
IMA Port Adapters ATM port adapters
Chapter 12 CE1 Frame Relay Describes the channelized E1 (CE1)
Port Adapters Frame Relay ATM port adapters
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Describes the CES ATM port adapters
Port Adapters
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Describes the DS3 and E3 ATM trunk
Adapters port adapters
Chapter 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Describes the CDS3 Frame Relay ATM
Port Adapters port adapters
Chapter 16 ATM Router Modules Describes the ATM Router Modules
Chapter 17 Eight-Port Describes the eight-port Fast Ethernet
10/100BASE-T Fast interface modules
Ethernet Interface
Modules
Chapter 18 16-Port Describes the 16-port Fast Ethernet
10/100BASE-T Fast interface modules
Ethernet Interface
Modules
Chapter 19 Eight-Port Describes the eight-port Fast Ethernet
100BASE-FX Fast interface modules
Ethernet Interface
Modules
Chapter 20 16-Port 100BASE-FX Describes the 16-port Fast Ethernet
Fast Ethernet interface modules
Interface Modules
Chapter 21 One-Port Gigabit Describes the one-port Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet Interface interface modules
Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xix
Preface
Conventions

Chapter Title Description


Chapter 22 Two-Port Gigabit Describes the two-port Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet Interface interface modules
Modules
Chapter 23 Eight-Port Gigabit Describes the eight-port Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet Interface interface modules
Modules
Chapter 24 Two-Port Enhanced Describes the two-port enhanced Gigabit
Gigabit Ethernet Ethernet interface modules
Interface Modules
Chapter 25 ATM Uplink with Describes the ATM uplink with enhanced
Enhanced Gigabit Gigabit Ethernet interface modules
Ethernet Interface
Modules
Chapter 26 Packet-over-SONET Describes the Packet-over-SONET uplink
Uplink with with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
Enhanced Gigabit modules
Ethernet Interface
Modules
Chapter 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Describes the ATM Traffic-shaping
Carrier Module carrier module (TSCAM)
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Lists the specifications, part numbers,
Module cabling distances, and fiber-optic power
Specifications levels for the components
Appendix B Connectors and Lists the pinouts for connectors on the
Connector Pinouts port adapters and interface modules
Appendix C Translated Safety Lists translations of the warnings that
Warnings appear in this guide

Conventions
This document uses the following conventions:

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xx 78-10891-03
Preface
Conventions

Convention Description
boldface font Commands and keywords are in boldface.
italic font Arguments for which you supply values are in italics.
[ ] Elements in square brackets are optional.
{x|y|z} Alternative keywords are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars.
[x|y|z] Optional alternative keywords are grouped in brackets and
separated by vertical bars.

Notes use the following conventions:

Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to
material not covered in the publication.

Cautions use the following conventions:

Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could
result in equipment damage or loss of data.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xxi
Preface
Conventions

Warnings use the following conventions:

Warning This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause
bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, you must be aware of the
hazards involved with electrical circuitry and familiar with standard
practices for preventing accidents. To see translated versions of the warning,
refer to Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings.”

Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die


lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat
werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen
betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen
om ongelukken te voorkomen. (Voor vertalingen van de waarschuwingen die
in deze publicatie verschijnen, kunt u het aanhangsel Appendix C,
“Translated Safety Warnings” (Vertalingen van veiligheidsvoorschriften)
raadplegen.)

Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa
ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota
selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista
onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista. (Tässä julkaisussa esiintyvien
varoitusten käännökset löydät liitteestä Appendix C, “Translated Safety
Warnings” (käännetyt turvallisuutta koskevat varoitukset).

Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une
situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de
travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les
circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment
utilisées pour éviter les accidents. Pour obtenir les traductions des mises en
garde figurant dans cette publication, veuillez consulter l’annexe intitulée
Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings” (Traduction des avis de sécurité).

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xxii 78-10891-03
Preface
Conventions

Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die
zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an
irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen
Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur
Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt. (Übersetzungen der in dieser
Veröffentlichung enthaltenen Warnhinweise finden Sie im Anhang mit dem
Titel Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings” (Übersetzung der
Warnhinweise).)

Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe


causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi
apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed
essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti. La
traduzione delle avvertenze riportate in questa pubblicazione si trova
nell’appendice, Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings” (Traduzione delle
avvertenze di sicurezza).

Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre
til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de
faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med
vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker. (Hvis du vil se oversettelser av
de advarslene som finnes i denne publikasjonen, kan du se i vedlegget
Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings” [Oversatte sikkerhetsadvarsler].)

Aviso sEste símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe
poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer
equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos
eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis
acidentes. (Para ver as traduções dos avisos que constam desta publicação,
consulte o apêndice Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings” - “Traduções
dos Avisos de Segurança”).

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xxiii
Preface
Related Documentation

¡Advertencia! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad
física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que
entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos
estándar de prevención de accidentes. (Para ver traducciones de las
advertencias que aparecen en esta publicación, consultar el apéndice
titulado Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings.”

Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan
leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara
medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att
förebygga skador. (Se förklaringar av de varningar som förekommer i denna
publikation i appendix Appendix C, “Translated Safety Warnings” [Översatta
säkerhetsvarningar].)

Related Documentation
The route processor and chassis are the other components in the switch router.
Refer to the following publications for detailed route processor and chassis
hardware installation information:
• Cisco Interactive Quick Start Guides:
http://www.cisco.com/mm/quickstart/
• Site Preparation and Safety Guide
• Quick Reference Catalyst 8510 and LightStream 1010 Hardware Information
• Quick Reference Catalyst 8540 Hardware Information
• Catalyst 5000 Family Installation Guide
Refer to the following publications for complete software configuration
information and command syntax:
• Guide to ATM Technology
• ATM Switch Router Quick Configuration Guide
• ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide
• ATM Switch Router Command Reference
• ATM Switch Router Troubleshooting Guide

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xxiv 78-10891-03
Preface
Obtaining Documentation

• Layer 3 Switching Software Feature and Configuration Guide


• Software Configuration Guide—Catalyst 5000 Family, Catalyst 4000 Family,
Catalyst 2926G Series, Catalyst 2948G, and Catalyst 2980G Switches
• Command Reference—Catalyst 5000 Family, Catalyst 4000 Family,
Catalyst 2926G Series, Catalyst 2948G, and Catalyst 2980G Switches

Obtaining Documentation
The following sections provide sources for obtaining documentation from Cisco
Systems.

World Wide Web


You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at
the following sites:
• http://www.cisco.com
• http://www-china.cisco.com
• http://www-europe.cisco.com

Documentation CD-ROM
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM
package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated
monthly and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM
package is available as a single unit or as an annual subscription.

Ordering Documentation
Cisco documentation is available in the following ways:
• Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order Cisco Product documentation
from the Networking Products MarketPlace:
http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xxv
Preface
Obtaining Technical Assistance

• Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through


the online Subscription Store:
http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription
• Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local
account representative by calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California,
USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by calling
800 553-NETS (6387).

Documentation Feedback
If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can
submit technical comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and
select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to
Cisco.
You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com.
To submit your comments by mail, use the response card behind the front cover
of your document, or write to the following address:
Attn Document Resource Connection
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883
We appreciate your comments.

Obtaining Technical Assistance


Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance.
Customers and partners can obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and
sample configurations from online tools. For Cisco.com registered users,
additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xxvi 78-10891-03
Preface
Obtaining Technical Assistance

Cisco.com
Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that
provides immediate, open access to Cisco information and resources at anytime,
from anywhere in the world. This highly integrated Internet application is a
powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco.
Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and
partners streamline business processes and improve productivity. Through
Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco and our networking solutions,
services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with online
technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning
materials and merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and
certification programs are also available.
Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional
personalized information and services. Registered users can order products, check
on the status of an order, access technical support, and view benefits specific to
their relationships with Cisco.
To access Cisco.com, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center


The Cisco TAC website is available to all customers who need technical assistance
with a Cisco product or technology that is under warranty or covered by a
maintenance contract.

Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website


If you have a priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problem, contact TAC
by going to the TAC website:
http://www.cisco.com/tac

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 xxvii
Preface
Obtaining Technical Assistance

P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:


• P3—Your network performance is degraded. Network functionality is
noticeably impaired, but most business operations continue.
• P4—You need information or assistance on Cisco product capabilities,
product installation, or basic product configuration.
In each of the above cases, use the Cisco TAC website to quickly find answers to
your questions.
To register for Cisco.com, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/register/
If you cannot resolve your technical issue by using the TAC online resources,
Cisco.com registered users can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open
tool at the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

Contacting TAC by Telephone


If you have a priority level 1 (P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC
by telephone and immediately open a case. To obtain a directory of toll-free
numbers for your country, go to the following website:
http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml
P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:
• P1—Your production network is down, causing a critical impact to business
operations if service is not restored quickly. No workaround is available.
• P2—Your production network is severely degraded, affecting significant
aspects of your business operations. No workaround is available.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


xxviii 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 1
Product Overview

This chapter provides an overview of the hardware components that can be


installed in the ATM and Layer 3 systems and includes the following sections:
• Route Processors, page 1-2
• Switch Processors, page 1-3
• Slot Assignments, page 1-3
• Port Adapters and Interface Modules, page 1-4
• Supported Modules, page 1-5

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms,
unless differences between the platforms or individual systems are
noted in the text.

The modules described in this guide are supported by the ATM and Layer 3
systems listed in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 ATM and Layer 3 Systems

ATM Layer 3
Catalyst 8540 multiservice ATM Catalyst 8540 campus switch router
switch router (MSR) (CSR)
Catalyst 8510 MSR Catalyst 8510 CSR
LightStream 1010 —
Catalyst 5500 —

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 1-1
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Route Processors

Note Additional port adapters are available for the Catalyst 5500. Refer to
the Catalyst 5500 hardware documentation for information about
these port adapters.

Route Processors
The route processor contains most of the system memory components and the
main system processor, which includes the network management processor for the
system software. The route processor maintains and executes the management
functions that control the chassis. (See Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2.)
The Catalyst 8540 chassis supports fault tolerance by allowing a secondary (or
redundant) route processor to take over if the primary route processor fails. See
Table 1-2 for route processor slot assignments.

Figure 1-1 Catalyst 8540 Route Processor

47551
S E
TU TIV
STA AC
BY T1
ND SLO TX CONSOLE
STA
T0
SLO RX
ROUTE PROCESSOR
K
LIN

Figure 1-2 Catalyst 8510, LightStream 1010, and Catalyst 5500 Route Processor

47553
N
FA
T TX
SE
PS
1
RE T1
0 RX SLO
PS K T0 AU
X OLE
LIN NS
SLO CO

IA
MC
PC CT
EJE

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


1-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Switch Processors

Switch Processors
Switch processors contain the Fast Ethernet Layer 2 and Layer 3 switching
engine. (See Figure 1-3.) See Table 1-2 for switch processor slot assignments.

Figure 1-3 Catalyst 8540 Switch Processor

US E
AT TIV

47586
ST AC DBY
AN
ST

SWITCH PROCESSOR

Slot Assignments
Table 1-2 lists the reserved slots for the switch router components.
Table 1-2 Switch Router Component Slot Assignments

Port Adapters, Carrier


Chassis Switch Modules and Interface
System Type Type Route Processor(s) Processors Modules
Catalyst 8540 MSR 13 slots Slot 4 Primary Slots 5 to 7 Slots 0 to 3 and 9 to 12
Slot 8 Redundant
Catalyst 8540 CSR 13 slots Slot 4 Primary Slots 5 to 7 Slots 0 to 3 and 9 to 12
Slot 8 Redundant
Catalyst 8510 MSR 5 slots Slot 2 — Slots 0, 1, 3, and 4
Catalyst 8510 CSR 5 slots Slot 2 — Slots 0, 1, 3, and 4
LightStream 1010 5 slots Slot 2 — Slots 0, 1, 3, and 4
1
Catalyst 5500 13 slots Slot 13 Slots 3 to 8 Slots 9 to 12
1. Refer to the Catalyst 5000 Family Module Installation Guide for more Catalyst 5500 hardware installation information.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 1-3
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Port Adapters and Interface Modules

Port Adapters and Interface Modules


Port adapters and interface modules provide ports for connections to network
services. You can install up to two half-width port adapters onto one carrier
module, which can then be installed in one slot of the Catalyst 8500 MSR,
LightStream 1010, and Catalyst 5500 systems. These carrier modules are not
interchangeable with the other systems. Interface modules are full-width and
occupy the entire slot in the switch router. (See Figure 1-4.)

Figure 1-4 Port Adapter, Carrier Module, and Interface Module

Port adapter

155SM

Carrier module

Interface module

C85MS-18F-OC3MM

US
AT TX TX
ST
TX TX
RX RX
TX TX TX
RX RX TX TX
K RX RX TX
LIN LIN
K K RX TX TX
0 LIN
K RX

46012
1 K RX TX
ROUTE SWITCH
OC3/STM1 MMF MODULE 2 LIN 3 LIN
K K RX RX
TX TX
4 LIN 5 LIN 6 K K RX RX
TX TX
LIN 7 LIN
K K RX RX
8 LIN 9 LIN 10 K K RX RX
LIN 11 LIN 12 K K
LIN 13 LIN 14 K K
LIN 15 LIN

Each port on the port adapters and interface modules have receive and transmit
LEDs that provide port status and operation information status. Link LEDs on
each port give visual indications of port status and operation. Comprehensive
statistics gathering and alarm monitoring capabilities are available for all
connections.

Note The switch router powers up automatically. All configuration


information for port adapters and interface modules is saved
between hot swaps and switch reboots, while interface types are
discovered automatically by the switch.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


1-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Supported Modules

Supported Modules
Table 1-3 shows system support for the ATM and Layer 3 modules.
Table 1-3 System Support for Port Adapters and Interface Modules

Catalyst Catalyst Catalyst Catalyst


Number 8540 8540 8510 8510 LightStream Catalyst
Modules of Ports CSR MSR CSR MSR 1010 5500
Catalyst 8540 route 1 x
processor
Catalyst 8540 1 x
multiservice route
processor
Catalyst 8540 1 x
multiservice route
processor stratum 3
Route processor 1 x x x
Switch Processor 0 x x
25-Mbps 4 or 12 x x x
port adapters
155-Mbps 4 x x x x
port adapters
OC-3c 16 x
interface modules
622-Mbps 1 x x x x
port adapters
OC-12c 4 x
interface module
OC-48c (1 OC-48c 1 or 2 x
plus 4 OC-12c port or
2 OC-48c port)
interface modules
T1 and E1 4 x x x x
port adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 1-5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Supported Modules

Table 1-3 System Support for Port Adapters and Interface Modules (continued)

Catalyst Catalyst Catalyst Catalyst


Number 8540 8540 8510 8510 LightStream Catalyst
Modules of Ports CSR MSR CSR MSR 1010 5500
T1 and E1 IMA 8 x x x x
port adapters
CE1 Frame Relay 4 x x x x
port adapters
CES T1 and E1 4 x x x x
port adapters
DS3 and E3 4 x x x x
port adapters
CDS3 Frame Relay 1 x x x x
port adapters
Enhanced 2 x
Catalyst 8540 ATM
router module1
Catalyst 8540 ATM 2 x
router module2
Catalyst 8510 ATM 1 x x4
router module3
10/100BASE-T 8 x
interface modules
10/100BASE-T 16 x x
interface modules
100BASE-FX 8 x
interface modules
100BASE-FX 16 x x
interface modules
Gigabit Ethernet 1 x x
interface modules
Gigabit Ethernet 2 x x
interface modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


1-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Supported Modules

Table 1-3 System Support for Port Adapters and Interface Modules (continued)

Catalyst Catalyst Catalyst Catalyst


Number 8540 8540 8510 8510 LightStream Catalyst
Modules of Ports CSR MSR CSR MSR 1010 5500
Gigabit Ethernet 8 x
interface modules
Enhanced Gigabit 2 x
Ethernet interface
modules
OC-3c or OC-12c 2 x x
ATM uplink with
enhanced Gigabit
Ethernet interface
modules
OC-12c 8 x x x
Packet-over-SONET
uplink with enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet
interface modules
ATM traffic-shaping 4 x x
carrier module
1. Two internal ports, Gigabit Ethernet interface.
2. Two internal ports, Fast Ethernet interfaces.
3. One internal port. The ATM router module is not supported on the Catalyst 5500.
4. The LightStream 1010 system software image does not include support for the ATM router module or Layer 3 features. You
can download the Catalyst 8510 MSR image to a LightStream 1010 ATM switch router with ASP-C and FC-PFQ installed.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 1-7
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Supported Modules

Figure 1-5 shows the slot assignments for the Catalyst 8540 chassis.

Figure 1-5 Catalyst 8540 Slot Assignments

Slots 0-3: Port


adapters,
carrier modules
and interface
modules
Slot 4: Route processor
Slots 5-7: Switch
processors

Slot 8: Route processor

Slots 9-12: Port


adapters,
carrier modules
and interface
modules

45888
INPUT FAN OUTPUT
OK OK FAIL INPUT FAN
OK OK

Power supply 0 Power supply 1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


1-8 78-10891-03
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Supported Modules

Figure 1-6 shows the slot assignments for the Catalyst 8510 and
LightStream 1010 chassis.

Figure 1-6 Catalyst 8510 and LightStream 1010 Slot Assignments

Power supply 0 Power supply 1

Slot 0-1 Power Supply 0


Power Supply 1
Port adapters,
carrier modules
and interface
modules 10/100 Base Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx

45889
100Mbps Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE 100Mbps Tx
LINK Rx
0 LINK Rx
1 LINK Rx
2 LINK Rx
3 LINK Rx
4 LINK Rx
5 LINK Rx
6 LINK Rx
100Mbps Tx 7
100Mbps Tx

Slot 2
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
10/100 Base Tx 100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE 100Mbps Tx
LINK Rx
0 LINK Rx
1 LINK Rx
2 LINK Rx
3 LINK Rx
4 LINK Rx
LINK Rx

Route Processor
N 5 LINK Rx
FA 6
T TX 7
2 SE 2
PS RE OT
RX SL
1 X E
PS K 1 AU OL
LIN OT NS
SL CO
et IA
En
MC T
PC EC
EJ
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
10/100 Base Tx 100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE 100Mbps Tx
LINK Rx
0 LINK Rx
LINK Rx

Slot 3-4
1 LINK Rx
2 LINK Rx
3 LINK Rx
4 LINK Rx
5 LINK Rx
100Mbps Tx 6
100Mbps Tx 7
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
10/100 Base Tx 100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE 100Mbps Tx
LINK Rx

Port adapters,
0 LINK Rx
1 LINK Rx
2 LINK Rx
3 LINK Rx
4 LINK Rx
5 LINK Rx
6 LINK Rx
7

carrier modules
and interface
modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 1-9
Chapter 1 Product Overview
Supported Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


1-10 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 2
Installing and Removing Modules

This chapter describes how to install and remove modules in the switch router and
includes the following sections:
• Safety Recommendations, page 2-2
• Guidelines for Installing and Removing Modules, page 2-2
• Installing and Removing Port Adapters, page 2-5
• Installing and Removing Modules, page 2-8
• Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs, page 2-13
• Installing and Removing Flash PC Cards, page 2-19
• Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs, page 2-22
• Installing and Removing GBICs, page 2-26
• Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card, page 2-28
• Confirming the Installation, page 2-39

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

Warning Before you install, operate, or service the system, read the Site Preparation and
Safety Guide. This guide contains important safety information you should know
before working with the system.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-1
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Safety Recommendations

Safety Recommendations
The port adapters, interface modules, and redundant (second) route processors,
switch processors, and power supplies are designed for removal and replacement
while the system is operating without presenting an electrical hazard or causing
damage to the system.
Read the Site Preparation and Safety Guide, and follow these guidelines when
working with any electrical equipment:
• Never install equipment that appears to be damaged.
• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit; always check.

Warning This unit might have more than one power cord. To reduce the risk of electric
shock, disconnect the two power supply cords before servicing the unit.

Guidelines for Installing and Removing Modules


This section describes how to use the release levers and captive installation
screws to properly install and remove the modules in the system chassis. This
section also includes a list of the tools required for module installation
and removal.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Guidelines for Installing and Removing Modules

Release levers and captive installation screws align and seat the module
connectors in the backplane. (See Figure 2-1.)

Figure 2-1 Release Levers and Captive Installation Screws

C85FE-16F_16K

14371
3
0-
7
4-
11
8- 5
10/100 Base Tx -1
12
FAST ETHERNET MODULE
LK 0 FP LK 1 FP LK 2 FP LK 3 FP
4 5
LK SP SP
6 7
LK LK SP LK SP 8 9 10
LK SP SP
11
LK LK SP LK SP 12 13 14
SP 15
LK LK SP SP
LK LK SP
LK SP SP
LK LK SP LK SP

Captive installation
screw
Release lever

Note For more information about connectors and cables, see Appendix B, “Connectors
and Connector Pinouts.”

Follow the installation and removal instructions carefully, paying special


attention to the following practices:
• Use the release levers and captive installation screws to guide the port
adapter, carrier module, switch processor, or interface module into the slot.
Do not use the faceplate to force or slam the module into a slot; this action
can damage the pins on the module connectors.
• Use the release levers and captive installation screws to seat the module in
the backplane. This ensures that the module connector mates with the
backplane correctly. Do not use the faceplate to seat the module in the
backplane; this action can seat the module improperly.
• Use the release levers and captive installation screws to insert the module,
and be sure to push the release levers to the full 90-degree angle. Do not use
the faceplate to insert the module or leave the levers in the wrong position. If
some but not all of the connector pins are mated to the backplane, the system
may be suspended.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-3
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Guidelines for Installing and Removing Modules

• Insert the module firmly and smoothly to ensure that all three layers of pins
mate with the backplane. Do not insert the module too slowly or leave a
module partially inserted. This action could cause the system software to time
out and fail to recognize the installed module. If this happens, disconnect and
reinsert the module.
• Use the release levers and captive installation screws to remove a module to
ensure that the module connector pins disconnect from the backplane in the
sequence expected by the system. If the module is only partially connected to
the backplane, the system will halt.

Hot Swapping
Port adapters, carrier modules, and interface modules support hot swapping, so
you can install, remove, and rearrange these modules without turning off the
system power. When the system detects that a port adapter, carrier module,
interface module, or switch processor is installed or removed, it automatically
runs diagnostic and discovery routines, acknowledges the presence or absence of
the module, and resumes system operation without any operator intervention.

Caution The route processor and switch processors do not support hot swapping. The route
processor and switch modules are required system components. Removing any of
them while the chassis is operating causes the system to shut down and can
damage the processor.

Note Wait at least one minute after removing a port adapter, carrier module, or
interface module before inserting a new one.

When you remove and replace modules, the system provides status messages on
the console screen. These messages are for information only. In the following
sample displays, you can follow the events logged by the system when a Layer 3
interface module is removed from slot 3 in a Catalyst 8540 CSR. When the
interface module is reinserted, the system marks the module as ready again.
Catalyst 8540 CSR
Router#
%OIR-6-REMCARD: Card removed from slot 3/0/0, interfaces disabled

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Port Adapters

%LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface 3/0/0, changed state to administratively


down
%LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface 3/0/0, changed state to administratively
down

Router#
%OIR-6-INSCARD: Card inserted in slot 3/0, interfaces administratively
shut down
%LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface 3/0/0, changed state to up
%LINK-5-CHANGED: Interface 3/0/0, changed state to up
Router#

Tools Required
You need the following tools and equipment to install port adapters, carrier
modules, interface modules, and switch processors in the chassis:
• A 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver for port adapters, carrier modules,
interface modules, and switch processors
• A 1/4-inch flat-blade screwdriver for Layer 3 interface modules on the
Catalyst 8510 CSR

Installing and Removing Port Adapters


This section describes how to install and remove port adapters. You can install up
to two half-width port adapters onto one carrier module, which can then be
installed in one slot of an ATM switch router. Table 1-2 on page 1-3 lists slot
assignments for port adapters. Also see Figure 1-5 on page 1-8 and Figure 1-6 on
page 1-9. See the “Installing and Removing Modules” section on page 2-8 for
more information about carrier modules.

Installing Port Adapters

Note Wait at least one minute after removing a port adapter before inserting a new one.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-5
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Port Adapters

To install a port adapter in a carrier module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Choose a port adapter slot in a carrier module and ensure that there is enough
clearance to accommodate any interface equipment that you connect directly to
the port adapter. (See Figure 2-2A.) If possible, place port adapters between
empty slots that contain only port adapter filler plates.
Step 2 Place the back of the port adapter in the slot and align the notch on the sides of
the module carrier with the groove in the slot. (See Figure 2-2B.)
Step 3 Hold both sides of the port adapter and guide it into the slot. Avoid touching the
port adapter components.

Figure 2-2 Installing a Port Adapter in a Carrier Module

Port adaper slot 0 Port adapter slot 1

Port adapter
captive installation screw
47309

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Port Adapters

Step 4 Keep the port adapter at a 90-degree orientation to the backplane and carefully
slide the port adapter into the slot until the faceplate makes contact with the
carrier module faceplate.
Step 5 Use a 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the captive installation screw in
the center of the port adapter faceplate. Draw the port adapter into the carrier
module connector until the port adapter faceplate is flush with the carrier module
faceplate and the carrier module is fully seated in the connector.
Step 6 Attach network interface cables or other devices to the interface ports.

Caution Always use the captive installation screws when installing or removing port
adapters. Leaving a module partially seated in the carrier module connector
causes the system to halt and subsequently crash.

Step 7 Use the show interfaces command to check the status of the interfaces. If this
installation is a replacement interface module, use the show configuration or
show interface atm [card/subcard/port] command to verify that the system
acknowledged the new interfaces and brought them up.

Refer to your software publications for complete software configuration and


command syntax information.

Removing Port Adapters

Note Wait at least one minute after removing a port adapter before inserting a new one.

To remove a port adapter from a carrier module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Disconnect all network interface cables from the port adapter.

Caution Failure to disconnect cables could damage the port adapters.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-7
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Modules

Step 2 Use a 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the captive installation screw in
the center of the port adapter. As you loosen the captive installation screw in the
port adapter, it disengages from the carrier module interface at the rear of the
module. (See Figure 2-3A.)
Step 3 Pull the port adapter straight out of the carrier module slot carefully, keeping your
other hand under the carrier to guide it. Keep the module at a 90-degree
orientation to the backplane. (See Figure 2-3B.)
Step 4 Store the port adapter in an antistatic bag or immediately install it in another
carrier module.

Figure 2-3 Removing a Port Adapter

Captive installation
screw

32727

Installing and Removing Modules


This section describes how to install and remove route processors, switch
processors, carrier modules, and interface modules in the switch router. For slot
assignments for modules, see Table 1-2 on page 1-3, Figure 1-5 on page 1-11, and
Figure 1-6 on page 1-12.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-8 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Modules

Note The Catalyst 8540 CSR chassis does not support carrier modules. Carrier modules
are used in the Catalyst 8500 MSR, LightStream 1010, and Catalyst 5500 but are
not interchangeable with the other systems. All systems follow the same
procedure for removing and installing carrier modules.

Installing Modules

Note See Table 1-2 on page 1-3 for the module slot assignments.

To install a route processor, switch processor, carrier module, or interface module,


follow these steps:

Step 1 Ensure that there is enough clearance to accommodate any interface equipment
that you connect directly to the module ports. If possible, install modules between
empty slots that contain only module filler plates.
Step 2 Hold the module faceplate with one hand, and place your other hand under the
carrier and guide it into the slot. Avoid touching the module components. (See
Figure 2-4A.)
Step 3 Place the back of the module in the slot and align the notch on each side of the
carrier module with the groove in the slot. (See Figure 2-4B.)
Step 4 Keep the module at a 90-degree orientation to the backplane and carefully slide it
into the slot until the faceplate makes contact with the release levers.
Step 5 Use the thumb and forefinger of each hand to simultaneously push the left lever
and the right lever in until the carrier module is fully seated in the backplane
connector. (See Figure 2-4C.)

Caution Always use the release levers when installing or removing the module. Leaving a
module partially seated in the backplane causes the system to halt and
subsequently crash.

Step 6 Use a 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the captive installation screws
on the left and right ends of the module. (See Figure 2-4D.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-9
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Modules

Note If you are installing a switch processor, go to Step 8.

Step 7 Attach network interface cables or other devices to the interface ports.

Note For more information about connectors and cables, see the “Cable and Connector
Types” section on page B-2.

Step 8 Turn the power on. Refer to your hardware installation poster or the Catalyst 5000
Family Installation Guide.
Step 9 Verify that the system has acknowledged the new interface and has brought it up,
as follows:
• Use the show configuration or show interface atm [card/subcard/port]
command on ATM systems.
• Use the show hardware command on the Layer 3 Catalyst 8540 CSR.
• Use the show configuration or show interfaces command on the Layer 3
Catalyst 8510 CSR.
Refer to your software publications for complete software configuration and
command syntax information.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-10 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Modules

Figure 2-4 Installing a Route Processor, Switch Processor, Carrier Module, or


Interface Module

H
E
AT EM

E
ITC
T
TIV

OL
SE

0%

G
N
US
ST ST

SW

1%
LO
FA

AC

NS
RE

1
10
SY

RT
CO

ps

2
PO
2

RT
Mb
PS

ps

PO
Mb
0
10
B
1

0
PS

10
K
LIN

K
SUPERVISOR ENGINE

LIN
IX

I
MD

MI

IX

I
MD

MI
H
E
AT EM

E
ITC
T
TIV

OL
SE

0%

G
N
US
ST ST

SW

1%
LO
FA

AC

NS
RE

1
10
SY

RT
CO

ps

2
PO
2

RT
Mb
PS

ps

PO
Mb
0
10
1

0
PS

10
K
LIN

K
SUPERVISOR ENGINE

LIN
IX

I
MD

MI

IX

I
MD

MI
1 2 3 4
S

5 6
ATU

7 8 9 10 11
ST

12
FAST ETHERNET SWITCHING MODULE

S 1 2 3 4 5
ATU 6 7 8 9
ST 10 11 12
FAST ETHERNET SWITCHING
MODULE

S 1 2 3 4 5
ATU 6 7 8 9
ST 10 11 12
FAST ETHERNET SWITCHING
MODULE

S 1 2 3 4 5
ATU 6 7 8 9
ST 10 11 12
FAST ETHERNET SWITCHING
MODULE

3
Insert card
between card guides
4

D
32729

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-11
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Modules

Removing Modules
To remove route processors, switch processors, carrier modules, or interface
modules, follow these steps:

Step 1 Disconnect all network interface cables from the module that will be removed.

Caution Failure to disconnect cables could damage the port adapters.

Step 2 Loosen the captive installation screws on the left and right sides of the module
with a flat-blade screwdriver. (See Figure 2-5A.)
• Use a 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver for ATM and Catalyst 8540 CSR
interface modules.
• Use a 1/4-inch flat-blade screwdriver for Catalyst 8510 CSR interface
modules.
Step 3 Place your thumbs on the left and right release levers and simultaneously push the
left lever left and the right lever right to release the carrier module from the
backplane connector. (See Figure 2-5B.)
Step 4 Grasp the faceplate with one hand and place your other hand under the module to
support and guide the module out of the slot. Avoid touching the card. (See
Figure 2-5C.)
Step 5 Pull the module straight out of the slot carefully, keeping your other hand under
the module to guide it. Keep the module at a 90-degree orientation to the
backplane. (See Figure 2-5C.)
Step 6 Place the removed module on an antistatic mat or antistatic foam, or immediately
install it in another slot.
Step 7 Install a filler plate to keep dust out of the chassis and to maintain proper airflow
through the module compartment if the slot will remain empty.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-12 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs

Figure 2-5 Removing a Carrier Module, Interface Module, or Switch Processor

32728

Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs


The Flash memory single in-line memory module (SIMM) stores the system and
microcode images. The default Flash memory configuration is 16 MB.
The size of the system image and the cumulative size of any additional files stored
in Flash memory determine the amount of Flash memory required on the route
processor.
When purchasing a new Flash memory SIMM, make sure it meets the following
specifications:
• Obtained from an approved vendor
• Minimum speed of 120 nanoseconds (ns)
• Maximum height of 1/2 inch

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-13
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs

Note You must use a Flash memory SIMM card obtained from an approved vendor;
otherwise, Cisco cannot ensure proper operation. Contact your Cisco sales
representative for more information.

Parts and Tools Required


You need the following parts and tools:
• A 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver and a number 1 Phillips screwdriver to
loosen the captive installation screws on the route processor
• A 120-ns SIMM from an approved vendor
• An ESD-preventive wrist strap or other grounding equipment to prevent ESD
damage
• An antistatic mat or bag for the removed route processor

Installing Flash Memory SIMMs


Follow these steps to install a Flash memory SIMM:

Step 1 Place the route processor so that the edge connector is facing away from you and
the faceplate is towards you.
Step 2 Remove the new Flash memory SIMM from its antistatic bag.
Step 3 Hold the SIMM component side up with the connector edge (the edge with metal
fingers) facing downward (see Figure 2-6).

Caution Handle SIMMs by the card edges only. SIMMs are sensitive components that can
be shorted by mishandling.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-14 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs

Figure 2-6 Handling the Flash Memory SIMM

H10794
Step 4 Make sure the polarization notch is at the right side (see Figure 2-7). Insert the
new Flash memory SIMM by sliding the end with the metal fingers into the SIMM
socket at a slight angle.

Figure 2-7 Inserting the Flash Memory SIMM

SIMM socket

Polarization notch

H10809
Flash memory SIMM

Caution When inserting the Flash memory SIMM, use firm but not excessive pressure. If
you damage the SIMM socket, you must return the route processor to the factory
for repair.

Step 5 Rotate the SIMM gently down into place until the spring clips on both sides snap
into place. (See Figure 2-8.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-15
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs

Figure 2-8 Securing the Flash Memory SIMM in a SIMM Socket

Spring clip Spring clip

H10810
Rotate Flash memory SIMM
down into place

Step 6 Reinstall the route processor in the chassis. (For more information, see the
“Installing and Removing Modules” section on page 2-8.)
Step 7 Use a flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the captive installation screws at the left
and right sides of the route processor.
Step 8 Turn on the system.

If the chassis fails to boot properly, or if the console terminal displays a checksum
or memory error, make sure that:
• The Flash memory SIMM is seated completely in the SIMM socket. If a Flash
memory SIMM appears to protrude or rests in the socket at an odd angle,
remove the SIMM and reinsert it. Then replace the route processor and reboot
the system to check the installation again.
• The Flash memory SIMM operates at 120 ns or faster.
If after several attempts the chassis fails to restart properly, contact a customer
service representative for assistance. Before you call, make note of any error
messages, unusual LED states, or any other indications that might help solve
the problem.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-16 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs

Removing Flash Memory SIMMs


Follow these steps to remove the current Flash memory SIMM:

Step 1 Enter the copy flash tftp EXEC command to back up the system image if you are
storing the system image on the internal Flash memory SIMM. The system image
is lost when you replace the SIMM with another one. If you are storing the system
image on a Flash PC Card in Flash PC Card slot 0 or 1, skip this step and proceed
to the next step.
Step 2 Turn off the chassis, but to channel ESD voltages to ground, do not disconnect the
power cable.

Caution The route processor and switch processors are required system components.
Installing or removing a route processor or switch processor while the chassis is
operating causes the system to shut down and can damage the processor. Turn off
the chassis before installing or removing the route processor or switch processor.

Step 3 Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and the ESD strap connection
at the bottom of the chassis.
Step 4 Disconnect all cables from the route processor.
Step 5 Use a flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the captive installation screws at the left
and right sides of the route processor. Slide it out of the chassis. For more
information, see the “Installing and Removing Modules” section on page 2-8.
Step 6 Place the route processor on an antistatic mat or bag.
Step 7 Position the route processor so that the edge connector is away from you and the
faceplate is toward you. (See Figure 2-9.)
Step 8 Locate the Flash memory SIMM at the front right corner of the route processor.
(See Figure 2-9.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-17
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash Memory SIMMs

Figure 2-9 Locating the Flash Memory SIMM

Flash
memory
SIMM

H10790

Step 9 Place your index fingers on the sides of the SIMM socket and your thumbs on the
spring clips, as shown in Figure 2-10.
Step 10 Press outward on the spring clips with your thumbs to release the
Flash memory SIMM from the SIMM socket. (See Figure 2-10.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-18 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash PC Cards

Figure 2-10 Releasing the Flash Memory SIMM


Spring clip Spring clip

Flash memory SIMM

H10792
Step 11 Tilt the Flash memory SIMM upward and remove it from the SIMM socket.
Step 12 Place the Flash memory SIMM in an antistatic bag to protect it from ESD damage.
Step 13 Restore any files you copied to a TFTP server earlier by entering the
copy tftp flash privileged EXEC command.

Installing and Removing Flash PC Cards


This section describes how to install and remove a Flash PC Card. Flash PC Cards
ship either installed in a route processor or as a spare part. When the
Flash PC Card is shipped installed in a route processor, the card contains a system
image. A spare card ships unformatted; you must format the card before you can
use it. Refer to your software configuration guide for fomatting instructions.
The route processor includes two Flash PC Card slots—slot 0 and slot 1—that
accept 8-MB, 16-MB, or 20-MB Series 2+ Flash PC Cards. The Flash PC Card
stores the system image and can also store software and microcode images for
other systems.

Note You can install or remove the Flash PC Card with the power on.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-19
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash PC Cards

Installing a Flash PC Card


Follow these steps to install a Flash PC Card:

Step 1 Face the front panel of the route processor (see Figure 2-11) and hold the
Flash PC Card with the connector end of the card toward the slot. The label on the
Flash PC Card should face up. (See Figure 2-11A.)
Step 2 Insert the card into the slot until the card is completely seated in the connector at
the back of the slot and the eject button pops out toward you. (See Figure 2-11B.)
Do not attempt to force the card past this point.

Note The Flash PC Card is keyed and cannot be seated the wrong way. The
eject button does not pop out until you insert the card properly.

Removing a Flash PC Card


Follow these steps to remove a Flash PC Card:

Step 1 Press the eject button until the card is free of the connector at the back of the slot.
(See Figure 2-11C.)
Step 2 Remove the card from the slot and place it in an antistatic bag to protect it from
ESD damage.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-20 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing Flash PC Cards

Figure 2-11 Installing and Removing the Flash PC Card

A AT
US
TIV
E
ST
AC Y T1
DB O
AN SL TX CONSOLE
ST 0
OT RX
ROUTE PROCESSOR SL
K
LIN

B ST
AT
US
AC
TIV

AN
E

DB
Y
SL
OT
1
TX CONSOLE
ST 0
OT RX
ROUTE PROCESSOR SL
IA K
MC LIN
PC

C ST
AT
US
AC
TIV
E

DB
Y
OT
1
AN SL TX CONSOLE
ST 0
OT RX
ROUTE PROCESSOR SL
K
IA LIN
MC T
PC EC
EJ
14370

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-21
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs

Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs


A Gigabit Interface Converter (GBIC) is a hot-swappable input/output transceiver
that plugs into the interface module, enabling the module to link with a Gigabit
Ethernet network using fiber-optic cable. (See Figure 2-12.) The following GBIC
types are supported:
• 1000BASE-SX
• 1000BASE-LX/LH
• 1000BASE-ZX

Note Due to interoperability issues, Cisco does not support GBICs purchased from
third-party vendors.

Figure 2-12 Gigabit Interface Converter


11825

Receiver Transmitter

Follow these guidelines to ensure the performance of your GBIC:


• GBICs are static sensitive. To prevent electrostatic discharge damage (ESD),
follow your normal board and component handling procedures.
• GBICs are dust sensitive. When the GBIC is stored or when a fiber-optic
cable is not plugged in, always keep plugs in the GBIC optical bores.
• The most common source of contaminants in the optical bores is debris
picked up on the ferrules of the optical connectors. Use an alcohol swab or
wipe to clean the ferrules of the optical connector. (See Figure 2-13.)

Note Unnecessary removal and insertion of a GBIC could lead to premature failure. A
GBIC has a lifetime of 100 to 500 removals or insertions.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-22 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs

Figure 2-13 GBIC Optical Bore and Ferrule


Optical bore

33165
Ferrule

Patch Cord
When using the 1000BaseLX/LH GBIC with 62.5-micron diameter multimode
fiber (MMF), you must install a mode-conditioning patch cord between the GBIC
and the MMF cable on both the transmit and receive ends of the link. You need
the patch cord for link distances greater than 984 feet (300 meters). For link spans
less than 300 meters, you can omit the patch cord.
The patch cord must comply with IEEE standards. The IEEE found that link
distances did not meet with certain types of fiber-optic cable because of a problem
in the center of some fiber-optic cable cores. The solution is to launch light from
the laser at a precise offset from the center by using the patch cord. At the output
of the patch cord, the 1000BaseLX/LH GBIC is compliant with the IEEE 802.3z
standard for 1000BaseLX. For a detailed description of this problem, refer to the
“Differential Mode Delay” section on page 2-24.

Note Cisco Gigabit Ethernet products have been tested and evaluated to comply with
the standards listed in Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts.”
Equivalent cables should also meet these standards.

Plug the end of the patch cord labeled “To equipment” into the GBIC. (See
Figure 2-14.) Plug the end labeled “To cable plant” into the patch panel. The patch
cord is 9.84 feet (3 meters) long and has duplex SC-type male connectors at
each end.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-23
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs

Figure 2-14 Installing the Patch Cord


To equipment To cable plant

13089
Differential Mode Delay
When an unconditioned laser source (1000BaseLX/LH GBIC) designed for
operation on single-mode fiber (SMF) cable is directly coupled to an MMF cable,
differential mode delay (DMD) can occur. DMD can degrade the modal
bandwidth of the fiber-optic cable causing a decrease in the link span (the distance
between the transmitter and the receiver) that is reliably supported.
The Gigabit Ethernet specification (IEEE 802.3z) outlines parameters for
Ethernet communications at a gigabits per second rate. The specification offers a
higher speed version of Ethernet for backbone and server connectivity using
existing deployed MMF cable. To accomplish this, the specification defines the
use of laser-based optical components to propagate data over MMF cable.
Lasers function at the baud rates and longer distances required for Gigabit
Ethernet. The IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet Task Force has identified the DMD
condition that occurs in certain circumstances with particular combinations of
lasers and MMF cable. The resulting characteristics create an additional element
of “jitter” that limits the reach of Gigabit Ethernet over MMF cable.
With DMD, a single laser light pulse excites a few modes equally within an MMF
cable. These modes, or light pathways, then follow two or more different paths.
These paths may be of different lengths and have different transmission delays as
the light travels through the cable. With DMD, a distinct pulse propagating down
the cable no longer remains a distinct pulse or, in extreme cases, can become two
independent pulses. Strings of pulses tend to interfere with each other making it
difficult to recover data in a reliable fashion.
DMD does not occur in all deployed fibers. It occurs with certain combinations of
worst-case fibers and worst-case transceivers. Gigabit Ethernet is the first
technology to experience this problem because of its very high baud rate and its
long MMF cable lengths. SMF cable and copper cable are not affected by DMD.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-24 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Guidelines for Installing and Removing GBICs

MMF cable has only been tested for use with LED sources. LEDs create a
condition within a fiber-optic cable referred to as an overfilled launch condition.
The overfilled launch condition describes the way LED transmitters couple light
into the fiber-optic cable in a broad spread of modes. Similar to a light bulb
radiating light into a dark room, the generated light shines in multiple directions
that “overfill” the existing cable space and “excites” a large number of modes.
(See Figure 2-15).

Figure 2-15 LED Transmission Compared to Laser Transmission


LED transmission

Laser transmission

12871
Lasers launch light in a more concentrated fashion. Typically, a laser transmitter
couples light into only a fraction of the existing modes or optical pathways in the
fiber-optic cable. (See Figure 2-15.)
The solution to DMD is to condition the laser light launched from the source
(transmitter) so it spreads the light evenly across the diameter of the fiber-optic
cable making the launch look more like an LED source to the cable. The objective
is to scramble the modes of light to distribute the power more equally in all modes.
This prevents the light from being concentrated in just a few modes. This is in
contrast to an unconditioned launch, which, in the worst case, might concentrate
all of its light in the center of the fiber-optic cable, thereby exciting only two or
more modes equally.
A significant variation in the amount of DMD is produced from one MMF cable
to the next. No reasonable test can be performed to survey an installed cable plant
to assess the effect of DMD. Therefore, you must use the mode-conditioning

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-25
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing GBICs

patch cords for all 1000BASE-LX/LH GBICs using MMF when the link span
exceeds 984 feet (300 meters). For link spans less than 300 meters, you can omit
the patch cord.

Installing and Removing GBICs


This section describes how to install and remove a Gigabit Interface Converter
(GBIC) in the Gigabit Ethernet interface modules. The Gigabit Ethernet modules
ship without GBICs installed. GBICs are hot-swappable in the Gigabit Ethernet
modules.

Installing GBICs
To install a GBIC, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the GBIC from its protective packaging.


Step 2 Verify that the GBIC is the correct type for your network by checking the part
number. The number indicates whether it is 1000BASE-SX, 1000BASE-LX, or
1000BASE-ZX.
Step 3 If you are installing the GBIC into a two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
module or a two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module with built-in ACL
functionality, turn the GBIC so that the cable slots are facing up, and insert the
GBIC into the interface module. For all other interface modules, make sure that
the GBIC cable slots are facing down and insert the GBIC into the interface
module. (See Figure 2-16.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-26 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing GBICs

Figure 2-16 GBIC Cable Slots

49718
Receive
Transmit

Cable slots

Step 4 Slide the GBIC into the slot until you hear a click. The click indicates the GBIC
module is locked into the slot. (See Figure 2-17.)

Figure 2-17 Installing a GBIC Module

23554
ET C
-D N
PT SY
O X
R TX
ET C
-D N
1000 Mbps Gigabit O
PT
R
X
SY
TX
ETHERNET Module
P K X
U N R
-D LI UP
LL -D
FU LL
FU P K X
U N R
-D LI
LL
FU

Plug

Step 5 Remove the plug from the GBIC and save it for future use. (See Figure 2-17.)
Step 6 Attach the fiber-optic cable.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-27
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Removing GBICs
To remove a GBIC, follow these steps:

Step 1 Disconnect the fiber-optic cable from the GBIC SC-type connector.
Step 2 Release the GBIC from the slot by simultaneously squeezing the plastic tabs (one
on each side of the GBIC).
Step 3 Slide the GBIC out of the slot.
Step 4 Install the plugs in the GBIC optical bores, and place the GBIC in protective
packaging.

Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card


This section describes how to install and remove an access control list (ACL)
daughter card onto an interface module.
You can install the ACL daughter card on the following interface modules:
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
– 16-port 10/100BASE-T
– 16-port 100BASE-FX
– 2-port Gigabit Ethernet
• Catalyst 8510 CSR
– 8-port 10/100BASE-T
– 8-port 100BASE-FX
– 8-port Gigabit Ethernet

Note The 8-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module for the Catalyst 8540
CSR does not support ACL functionality. The 2-port enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet interface module has built-in ACL functionality.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-28 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Parts and Tools Required


To install or remove an ACL daughter card, you need the following parts and
tools:
• A 1/4-inch socket driver
• A flat-blade screwdriver:
– Use a 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver for interface modules on the
Catalyst 8540 CSR.
– Use a 1/4-inch flat-blade screwdriver for interface modules on the
Catalyst 8510 CSR.
• A set of 12-mm mounting standoffs
• An ACL daughter card
• An antistatic mat or bag

Installing an ACL Daughter Card


To install an ACL daughter card onto an interface module, follow these steps:

Step 1 Remove the interface module from the chassis. See the “Removing Modules”
section on page 2-12 for instructions.
Step 2 Place the interface module on an antistatic mat or bag.
Step 3 Remove the M3x.5 screws on the interface module and replace them with the
12-mm mounting standoffs. (See Figure 2-18 for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the
Catalyst 8510 CSR, see Figure 2-19.) Use the 1/4-inch socket driver to install the
12-mm mounting standoffs.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-29
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Figure 2-18 Removing the Screws from the Catalyst 8540 CSR Interface Module

46063
C85GE-2F-16K

T
T

T
E

E
E

E
-D

-D
-D

-D
TX

TX
P

P
P

P
O

O
O

O
X

X
K

K
X

X
-

-
R

R
LL

LL
LIN

LIN
LE

LE
FU

FU
P

P
GIGABITETHERNET MODULE
U

U
D

D
Figure 2-19 Removing the Screws from the Catalyst 8510 CSR Interface Module
Protective Mounting
guard brackets

46064
C
N
T
E

Y
-D

TX
X
P

R
O
P

100Mbps Gigabit
K

X
U

LIN

R
-D
LL

ETHERNET Module
FU

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-30 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Step 4 Remove the ACL daughter card from the antistatic bag and position it correctly
over the mounting standoffs. (See Figure 2-20 for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the
Catalyst 8510 CSR, see Figure 2-21.) Ensure that the mounting holes are aligned
with the standoffs.

Figure 2-20 Positioning the ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8540 CSR)

ACL
daughter
card

Mounting
standoff

46065
C85GE-2F-16K
T

T
T

T
E

E
E

E
-D

-D
-D

-D
TX

TX
P

P
P

P
O

O
O

O
X

X
K

K
X

X
-

-
R

R
LL

LL
LIN

LIN
LE

LE
FU

FU
P

P
GIGABITETHERNET MODULE
U

U
D

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-31
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Figure 2-21 Positioning the ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8510 CSR)

Mounting
brackets
Mounting ACL daughter
standoff card

46062
C
N
T
E

Y
-D

TX
X
P

R
OU
P
-D
LL

K
FU

LIN

X
R

100Mbps Gigabit
ETHERNET Module

Step 5 Press down firmly on the ACL daughter card to properly seat the
ACL daughter card onto the interface module. First press down in the center of
the daughter card.

Note See Figure 2-22A for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the Catalyst 8510 CSR,
see Figure 2-23A.

Step 6 Press down evenly on the sides of the daughter card.

Note See Figure 2-22B for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the Catalyst 8510 CSR,
see Figure 2-23B.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-32 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Figure 2-22 Seating the ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8540 CSR)

B
A

46066
C85GE-2F-16K
T

T
T

T
E

E
E

E
-D

-D
-D

-D
TX

TX
P

P
P

P
O

O
O

O
X

X
K

K
X

X
-

-
R

R
LL

LL
LIN

LIN
LE

LE
FU

FU
P

P
GIGABITETHERNET MODULE
U

U
D

D
Figure 2-23 Seating the ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8510 CSR)

B
Mounting
brackets

33380
C
N
T
E

Y
-D

TX
X
P

R
OU
P
-D
LL

K
FU

LIN

X
R

100Mbps Gigabit
ETHERNET Module

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-33
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Step 7 Use a screwdriver to install the screws securing the ACL daughter card to the
module standoffs. (See Figure 2-24 for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the
Catalyst 8510 CSR, see Figure 2-25.)

Figure 2-24 Installing the ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8540 CSR)

46067
C85GE-2F-16K
T

T
T

T
E

E
E

E
-D

-D
-D

-D
TX

TX
P

P
P

P
O

O
O

O
X

X
K

K
X

X
-

-
R

R
LL

LL
LIN

LIN
LE

LE
FU

FU
P

P
GIGABITETHERNET MODULE
U

U
D

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-34 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Figure 2-25 Installing the ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8510 CSR)

Mounting
brackets

46068
C
N
T
E

Y
-D

TX
X
P

R
O
P

100Mbps Gigabit
K

X
U

LIN

R
-D
LL

ETHERNET Module
FU

Step 8 Install the interface module into the Catalyst 8540 CSR chassis. See the
“Installing and Removing Modules” section on page 2-8 for instructions.

Removing an ACL Daughter Card


Follow these steps to remove an ACL daughter card from an interface module:

Step 1 Remove the interface module from the chassis. See the “Installing and Removing
Modules” section on page 2-8 for instructions.
Step 2 Place the interface module on an antistatic mat or bag.
Step 3 Use a screwdriver to remove the six M3x.5 screws that secure the ACL daughter
card to the 12-mm mounting standoffs. (See Figure 2-26 for the Catalyst 8540
CSR. For the Catalyst 8510 CSR, see Figure 2-27.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-35
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Note Save the screws for future use. If you will not be using the screws soon, you can
reinstall them into the six holes on the interface module after you have removed
the ACL daughter card.

Figure 2-26 Removing Screws on an ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8540 CSR)

C85GE-2F-16K
T

T
T

T
E

E
E

E
-D

-D
-D

-D

25222
TX

TX
P

P
P

P
O

O
O

O
X

X
K

K
X

X
P -

P -
R

R
D LL

D LL
LIN

LIN
LE

LE
FU

FU

GIGABITETHERNET MODULE
U

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-36 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Figure 2-27 Removing Screws on an ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8510 CSR)
Mounting
brackets
C
N
T
E

Y
-D

33377
TX
X
P

R
O
P

100Mbps Gigabit
K

X
U

LIN

R
-D

ETHERNET Module
LL
FU

Step 4 Grasp the left and right sides of the ACL daughter card and carefully lift upward
until the card is loosened from the connectors that secure it to the interface
module.

Note See Figure 2-28A for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the Catalyst 8510 CSR,
see Figure 2-29A.

Step 5 Grasp the top and bottom edges near the center of the ACL daughter card and
carefully lift upward until the card is completely removed from the interface
module.

Note See Figure 2-28B for the Catalyst 8540 CSR. For the Catalyst 8510 CSR,
see Figure 2-29B.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-37
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Installing and Removing an ACL Daughter Card

Figure 2-28 Removing an ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8540 CSR)

B
A

25575
C85GE-2F-16K
T

T
T

T
E

E
E

E
-D

-D
-D

-D
TX

TX
P

P
P

P
O

O
O

O
X

X
K

K
X

X
-

-
R

R
LL

LL
LIN

LIN
LE

LE
FU

FU
P

P
GIGABITETHERNET MODULE
U

U
D

D
Step 6 Remove the mounting standoffs and save them for future use.
Step 7 Store the ACL daughter card in an antistatic bag.
Step 8 Reinstall the interface module in the chassis or install a new ACL daughter card.
See the “Installing and Removing Modules” section on page 2-8 or the “Installing
an ACL Daughter Card” section on page 2-29 for further information.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-38 78-10891-03
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Confirming the Installation

Figure 2-29 Removing an ACL Daughter Card (Catalyst 8510 CSR)


B

Mounting
brackets

46069
C
N
T
E

Y
-D

TX
X
P

R
OU
P
-D
LL

K
FU

LIN

X
R

100Mbps Gigabit
ETHERNET Module

Confirming the Installation


Problems with the initial startup are often caused by a module or power supply
that has become dislodged from the backplane or chassis power connector.
Although over-temperature conditions rarely occur at initial startup, the
environmental monitoring functions are included because they also monitor
DC line interface voltages. At the initial system boot, verify the following:
• The power supplies are installed properly and are supplying power to the
system.
• The system fan assembly is operating.
• The system software boots successfully.
• The modules are properly installed in their slots, and each is initialized
without problems.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 2-39
Chapter 2 Installing and Removing Modules
Confirming the Installation

When these conditions are met, the hardware installation is complete. If the
startup sequence fails before these conditions are met, use these procedures to
isolate and, if possible, resolve the problem.
If you are unable to solve a problem, contact a customer service representative for
assistance and further instructions. Before you call, gather the following
information:
• Date you received the components
• Component serial number (see label on the front of the component)
• Type of software and release number
• Brief description of the problem
• Brief explanation of the steps taken to isolate and resolve the problem
• Maintenance agreement or warranty information

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


2-40 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 3
Route Processors and Switch
Processors

This chapter describes the route processors and switch processors used in the
ATM and Layer 3 systems and includes the following sections:
• About Route Processors, page 3-1
• About Switch Processors, page 3-11

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

About Route Processors


This section describes the route processors used in the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 CSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 3-1
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

The route processor features are described in the following sections:


• Management Ports
• Network Clock Module
• Flash PC Card Slots
• Reset Switch
• DRAM SIMMs
• Flash Memory SIMM
• LEDs
• Feature Card

Management Ports
The route processor includes one RJ-45 Ethernet port that you can use to connect
a management workstation for SNMP management.
The auxiliary port (labeled AUX) is a male Electronics Industries
Association/Telecommunications Industry Association (EIA/TIA)-232, data
terminal equipment (DTE), DB-25 plug used for connection to a modem. (See
Figure 3-1.)
The console port (labeled CONSOLE) is a female, EIA/TIA-232, data
communications equipment (DCE), DB-25 receptacle used for connection to a
console terminal or modem. (See Figure 3-1.)

Note EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449 were formerly known as recommended standard


RS-232 and RS-449 before their acceptance as a standard by the Electronic
Industries Association (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association
(TIA).

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


3-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Figure 3-1 Auxiliary and Console Ports

N
FA
T TX
SE
PS
1
RE T1
0 RX SLO
PS K T0 AU
X OLE
LIN NS
SLO CO

IA
MC
PC CT
EJE

X E
AU OL
NS
CO

47554
Note The auxiliary port is not available on the Catalyst 8540 route processors.

Network Clock Module


The Catalyst 8540 MSR route processor provides simple multiplexers and
controls to generate and distribute network clocks to all port adapters and
interface modules. For a higher level of network clocking, an optional network
clock module can be installed. (See Figure 3-2.)

Note The network clock module is available only for the Catalyst 8540 MSR route
processor.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 3-3
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Figure 3-2 Network Clock Module on the Catalyst 8540 MSR route processor
E
TIV LE R MAJOR
TX
O POWE ALAR
M
US AC 1 NS CD CD
AT SL
OT CO
ST
MINOR

28362
0 T RX
OT SE M
Y SL RE ALAR T
DB LIN
K
ATUS
AN ST CRITICAL RESE K
ST BITS0 BITS1 CLOC OUT
TEST

Network clock
module
Refer to the ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide for information
about network clocking and how to configure a network clock.

Flash PC Card Slots


You can store the system software and configuration information on Flash PC
Cards. The route processors have two Flash PC Card slots that you can install up
to two Type II Flash PC Cards. (See Figure 3-3.) You can also configure the
system to boot from a software image stored on the Flash PC Card.

Figure 3-3 Flash PC Card Slots

1
OT
SL
0
OT
SL
14362

Reset Switch
The reset switch is located on the left side of the route processor faceplate,
through a small hole between two columns of LEDs. You can use the reset switch
when a software-initiated reset is not possible.

DRAM SIMMs
There are two dynamic random-access memory (DRAM) single in-line memory
modules (SIMMs) on the route processor to store incoming and outgoing packets,
queues, and caches (32-MB default for the feature card per class queuing
[FC-PCQ] or 64-MB default for the feature card per flow queuing [FC-PFQ]).

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


3-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Flash Memory SIMM


Use the Flash memory SIMM to remotely load and store system software images.
You can download a new software image over the network or from a local server,
and add the new image to Flash memory or replace an existing image.

LEDs
The LEDs on the route processor indicate the status of the route processor, Flash
PC Cards, and interface ports. The Catalyst 8540 LEDs are shown in Figure 3-4
and described in Table 3-1. The Catalyst 8510, LightStream 1010, and
Catalyst 5500 switch router LEDs are shown in Figure 3-5 and described in
Table 3-2.

Figure 3-4 Route Processor LEDs (Catalyst 8540)


VE LE
TI O
US AC 1 TX NS
AT SL
OT CO
ST
0 T RX
OT SE

28469
Y SL RE
DB LIN
K
AN ET
ST EN

Table 3-1 Catalyst 8540 Route Processor LED Descriptions

LED State Description


STATUS Green The system has passed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Red The system has failed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Orange The system is booting or a module is disabled.
ACTIVE Green The system is operating.
Red The system is not operating.
STANDBY Green The system is in Standby mode.
TX (Transmit) Flashing Ethernet packets are being transmitted. The pulse
green rate increases with the data rate.
RX (Receive) Flashing Ethernet packets are being received. The pulse rate
green increases with the data rate.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 3-5
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Table 3-1 Catalyst 8540 Route Processor LED Descriptions (continued)

LED State Description


Off No signal is being received.
LINK Green The Ethernet port is operational.
Off No signal is detected on the Ethernet port.

Figure 3-5 Route Processor LEDs (Catalyst 8510, LightStream 1010, and
Catalyst 5500)
N
FA T TX
US SE
AT 1 RE
ST PS RX

H5598
0 K
PS LIN

Table 3-2 Route Processor LED Descriptions (Catalyst 8510, Catalyst 5500,
and LightStream 1010)

LED Color Description


STATUS Green The system has passed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Red The system has failed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Orange The system is booting or a module is disabled.
FAN Green The fan is operational.
Red The fan is not operational.
PS 0, left bay Green The power supply is operational.
Red The power supply is installed but not
operational.
Off The power supply is not installed.
PS 1, right bay Green The power supply is operational.
Red The power supply is installed but not
operational.
Off The power supply is not installed.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


3-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Table 3-2 Route Processor LED Descriptions (Catalyst 8510, Catalyst 5500,
and LightStream 1010) (continued)

LED Color Description


RX (Receive) Flashing Ethernet packets are being received. The pulse
green rate increases with the data rate.
Off No signal is being received.
TX (Transmit) Flashing Ethernet packets are being transmitted. The
green pulse rate increases with the data rate.
Off No signal is being transmitted.
LINK Green The Ethernet port is operational.
Off No signal is detected on the Ethernet port.

Feature Card
The feature card is a daughter card on the route processor that provides a number
of value-added features in addition to the basic switch functionality. (See
Figure 3-6.)

Note Feature cards are not used on the Catalyst 8540 MSR and the Catalyst 8500 CSR
route processors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 3-7
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Figure 3-6 Feature Card for the Catalyst 8510 MSR, LightStream 1010, and
Catalyst 5500

Feature
card

Processor

47552
card
C85GE-2F-16K E
N OL
FA TX 0 X NS
T OT AU CO
1 SE SL
PS RE RX 1
0 K OT
PS LIN SL CIA T
M EC
GIGABITETHERNET MODULEI PC EJ

FC-PCQ and FC-PFQ


There are two types of feature cards: feature card per class queuing (FC-PCQ) and
feature card per flow queuing (FC-PFQ). FC-PCQ provides a subset of the ATM
Forum traffic management features provided by FC-PFQ, as described in
Table 3-3.
Table 3-3 FC-PCQ and FC-PFQ Feature Comparison

Feature FC-PCQ FC-PFQ


1 2
Traffic classes CBR , RT-VBR , CBR, RT-VBR, NRT-VBR, ABR
NRT-VBR 3, ABR4 (EFCI5 (EFCI and RR), UBR
and RR 6), UBR 7
Output queuing Four classes per port Per-VC or per-VP
Output scheduling Strict priority Strict priority, rate scheduling, and
WRR 8
Intelligent early packet discard Multiple fixed thresholds Multiple, weighted, dynamic
thresholds

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


3-8 78-10891-03
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Table 3-3 FC-PCQ and FC-PFQ Feature Comparison (continued)

Feature FC-PCQ FC-PFQ


Intelligent tail (partial) packet Supported Supported
discard
Selective cell marking and Multiple fixed thresholds Multiple, weighted, dynamic
discard thresholds
Shaping Per-port (pacing) Per-VC or per-VP (128 shaped
VP tunnels)
Policing (UPC 9) Dual mode, single leaky Dual leaky bucket
bucket
Frame mode VC-merge — Supported
Point-to-multipoint VC One leaf per output port, Multiple leaves per output port, per
(multicast) per point-to-multipoint point-to-multipoint
Network clock switchover Automatic upon failure Programmable clock selection
criteria
Nondisruptive snooping Per-port transmit or receive Per-VC, per-VP, or per-port
1. CBR = constant bit rate
2. RT-VBR = real time variable bit rate
3. NRT-VBR = non real time variable bit rate
4. ABR = available bit rate
5. EFCI = Explicit Forward Congestion Indication
6. RR = relative rate
7. UBR = unspecified bit rate
8. WRR = weighted round-robin
9. UPC = usage parameter control

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 3-9
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Route Processors

Table 3-4 lists the route processor and feature card options supported by system
type.
Table 3-4 Route Processor and Feature Card Options

Feature
System Type Label on Faceplate Card Product Number1
Catalyst 8540 MSR ROUTE PROCESSOR — C8545MSR-MRP4CLK
Catalyst 8540 CSR ROUTE PROCESSOR — C8541CSR-RP
Catalyst 8510 MSR MULTISERVICE SWITCH ROUTE FC-PFQ C8515-MSRP
PROCESSOR
Catalyst 8510 CSR ROUTE PROCESSOR-C — C8510-SRP
LightStream 1010 ATM SWITCH/PROCESSOR-B FC-PCQ L1010-ASP-B-FC1
ATM SWITCH/PROCESSOR-B FC-PFQ L1010-ASP-B-FCPFQ
ATM SWITCH/PROCESSOR-C FC-PCQ L1010-ASP-C-FC1
MULTISERVICE SWITCH ROUTE FC-PFQ L1010-ASP-C-FCPFQ
PROCESSOR
MULTISERVICE SWITCH ROUTE FC-PFQ C8515-MSRP
PROCESSOR
Catalyst 5500 ATM SWITCH/PROCESSOR-B FC-PCQ L1010-ASP-B-FC1
ATM SWITCH/PROCESSOR-B FC-PFQ L1010-ASP-B-FCPFQ
ATM SWITCH/PROCESSOR-C FC-PCQ L1010-ASP-C-FC1
MULTISERVICE SWITCH ROUTE FC-PFQ L1010-ASP-C-FCPFQ
PROCESSOR
MULTISERVICE SWITCH ROUTE FC-PFQ C8515-MSRP
PROCESSOR
1. To order a feature card as a spare part, use the product number followed by an equal sign. For example, you can order ATM
SWITCH/PROCESSOR-B with FC-PCQ as a spare part by using product number L1010-ASP-B-FC1=.

Note To determine which feature card you have, enter the show hardware privileged
EXEC command. FC-PFQ displays in the Ctrlr-Type column.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


3-10 78-10891-03
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Switch Processors

Maximum Switch Configuration


Table 3-5 lists the maximum switch configuration for the feature cards.

Table 3-5 Maximum Switch Configuration for the Feature Cards

Feature FC-PCQ FC-PFQ


Cell buffer 64 KB cells 64 KB cells
Point-to-point VCs 64 KB 64 KB
Point-to-multipoint VCs 1098 KB 64 KB
Point-to-multipoint leaves1 32K per IVC 254 KB per input
root
1. Maximum leaves per LightStream 1010 ATM switch (for both feature cards) is
128 KB.

About Switch Processors


This section describes the switch processors used in the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
The Catalyst 8540 CSR chassis supports fault tolerance by allowing a secondary
switch processor to take over if either one of the primary switch processors fail.
You must have two switch processors for proper operation. When three switch
processors are installed, two are active at any one time, while the third runs in
standby mode. By default, the switch processors in slots 5 and 7 are active and
slot 6 is the standby. The module can be configured differently if needed. For
configuration information, refer to your software configuration guide.
The LEDs on the switch processor indicate the status of the module. (See
Figure 3-7.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 3-11
Chapter 3 Route Processors and Switch Processors
About Switch Processors

Figure 3-7 Switch Processor LEDs

US VE
AT TI
ST AC DBY
AN
ST

46086
SWITCH PROCESSOR

Table 3-6 Switch Processor LED Descriptions

LED State Description


Status Green The system has passed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Red The system has failed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Orange The system is booting or a module is disabled.
Active Green The system is operating.
Red The system is not operating.
Standby Green The system is in standby mode.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


3-12 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 4
25-Mbps Port Adapters

This chapter describes the 25-Mbps port adapters that are supported in the
following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About 25-Mbps Port Adapters, page 4-1
• Cabling 25-Mbps Port Adapters, page 4-4

About 25-Mbps Port Adapters


This section describes the 4-port and 12-port 25-Mbps port adapters.
Each port on the 25-Mbps port adapter is compliant with the ATM Forum PHY
standard for 25.6 Mbps over twisted-pair cable and is ideal for workgroup links.
The 25-Mbps port adapters have a 96-pin Molex connector and either a multileg
4 RJ-45 cable assembly or a 12 RJ-45 cable assembly.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 4-1
Chapter 4 25-Mbps Port Adapters
About 25-Mbps Port Adapters

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required, up to a
maximum of eight 25-Mbps port adapters. Table 4-1 identifies the maximum
number of 25-Mbps interface ports supported in each system.

Table 4-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max. No. of 4-Port Max. No. of 12-Port 25-Mbps


System Type 25-Mbps Interface Ports Interface Ports
Catalyst 8510 MSR 32 96
LightStream 1010 32 96
Catalyst 5500 32 96

Figure 4-1 shows a four-port 25-Mbps port adapter with a 96-pin Molex
connector.

Figure 4-1 Four-Port 25-Mbps Port Adapter with a 96-Pin Molex Connector

32726
2
1
3 0

ATM25-4 PORT

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


4-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 4 25-Mbps Port Adapters
About 25-Mbps Port Adapters

Figure 4-2 shows a 12-port 25-Mbps port adapter with a 96-pin Molex connector.

Figure 4-2 12-Port 25-Mbps Port Adapter with a 96-Pin Molex Connector

32763
11 8 5 2
10 7 4 1
9 6 3 0

ATM25-12 PORT

ATM Connections Supported


The 25-Mbps port adapter provides UTP-5 interface connections from the desktop
to the wiring closet. (See Figure 4-3.)

Figure 4-3 25-Mbps Port Adapter ATM Desktop to Wiring Closet Connections

ATM switch
Distribution
router
block 25-Mbps
connections

25-Mbps
connections
46043

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 4-3
Chapter 4 25-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 25-Mbps Port Adapters

Cabling 25-Mbps Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the 25-Mbps
ATM port adapters.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM UTP port adapter interface with an external ATM
network.

25-Mbps Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The 25-Mbps port adapters provide an interface to ATM switching fabrics for
transmitting and receiving data at up to 25 Mbps bidirectionally over the interface
ports on the port adapter.

Note See Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements for 25-Mbps port adapters.

25-Mbps Port Adapter Connectors


Use the 96-pin Molex connector to connect the RJ-45 UTP to the end
workstations. (See Figure 4-4.) For UTP traffic, use the RJ-45 connector to
connect the 25-Mbps port adapter to the workstations. See Appendix B,
“Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more connector information.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


4-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 4 25-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 25-Mbps Port Adapters

Figure 4-4 25-Mbps Port Adapter UTP Connections and LEDs

3 0

32764
ATM25-4PORT

96-pin Molex connector

25-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual 25-Mbps interface
connections. They are shown in Figure 4-4 and described in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 25-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


(receive) Off No receive line activity
Flashing green Cells being received: blinks every five seconds
and pulse rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow Alarm FERF1
Red Alarm (Line Code Error or LCD2)
1. FERF = far-end receive failure
2. LCD = loss of cell delineation

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 4-5
Chapter 4 25-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 25-Mbps Port Adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


4-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 5
155-Mbps Port Adapters

This chapter describes the 155-Mbps port adapter that is supported in the
following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About 155-Mbps Port Adapters, page 5-2
• Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters, page 5-4

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 5-1
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
About 155-Mbps Port Adapters

About 155-Mbps Port Adapters


The 155-Mbps Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) STS3c/SDH STM1 port
adapter is used for intercampus or wide-area links. The 155-Mbps port adapter
supports SC-type and unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) connectors.

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required. Table 5-1
identifies the maximum number of 155-Mbps interface ports supported in each
system.

Table 5-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

System Type Max. No. of 155-Mbps Interface Ports


Catalyst 8540 MSR 64
Catalyst 8510 MSR 32
LightStream 1010 32
Catalyst 5500 32

Figure 5-1 shows a 155-Mbps port adapter that supports UTP connectors.

Figure 5-1 155-Mbps Port Adapter with UTP-5 Connectors

0 1
TX TX
2 3
TX TX 0
32972

1
TX TX
2 3
TX TX
RX RX
SM M
155 SM/MM M
M
M RX M RX
M RX 5
RX 5
155 UTP5 UTP UTP
5
RX
UTP
5
RX
UTP

2 3
TX TX

P5 RX P5 RX
UT UT

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


5-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
About 155-Mbps Port Adapters

ATM Connections Supported


The 155-Mbps port adapter has four ports that provide the following ATM
connections, as shown in Figure 5-2:
• The 155-Mbps single-mode port provides WAN or intercampus ATM
connections.
• The 155-Mbps multimode port provides intercampus ATM connections.
• The 155-Mbps UTP-5 port provides desktop-to-wiring-closet
ATM connections.

Figure 5-2 155-Mbps Port Adapter ATM Intercampus and WAN Connections

ATM switch
router

Third floor
155-Mbps single-mode
ATM switch
router

Second floor
155-Mbps multimode
ATM switch
router
155 UTP

First floor

155-Mbps single-mode
46044

To WAN

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 5-3
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters

JATE Approval
The 155-Mbps port adapter with one single-mode and three multimode
connections meets the Japan Approvals Institute for Telecommunications
Equipment (JATE) approval. See Table 5-2 for JATE approval details for the
155-Mbps port adapter.

Table 5-2 JATE Approval for the 155-Mbps Port Adapter

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-OC3-1S3M D99-0507JP

Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the 155-Mbps port
adapter, which provides single-mode, multimode, mixed (one single-mode and
three multimode), and UTP connections.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM single-mode, multimode, or UTP port adapter interface
with an external ATM network.

155-Mbps Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The 155-Mbps port adapter provides an interface to ATM switching fabric for
transmitting and receiving data at up to 155 Mbps bidirectionally. The 155-Mbps
port adapters can support interfaces that connect to the following physical layers:
• SONET 155-Mbps multimode fiber-optic—STS-3c
• SONET 155-Mbps single-mode fiber-optic—STS-3c
• SONET 155-Mbps UTP-5—STS-3c

Note See the Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


5-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters

155-Mbps Port Adapter Connectors


To connect the 155-Mbps port adapter to the external ATM switch router, use the
following connectors.
• For multimode, single-mode, and mixed single-mode traffic, use an SC-type
connector.
• For UTP traffic, use an RJ-45 connector.
(See Figure 5-3 for UTP and single- and multimode fiber-optic connections. See
Figure 5-4 for single-mode fiber-optic and long reach connections.)

Figure 5-3 155-Mbps UTP, Multimode, and Single-Mode Connections and LEDs

0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX

RX P5 RX P5 P5 RX P5 RX
155 UTP5 UT UT UT UT

UTP connections
0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX

RX M
M RX M
M
M
M RX M
M RX
155 MM

Multimode fiber-optic connections


0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX
32771

RX SM
RX M
M
M
M RX M
M RX
155 SM/MM

Single-mode Multimode
fiber-optic connection fiber-optic connections

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 5-5
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters

Figure 5-4 155-Mbps Single-Mode Connections and LEDs

0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX

RX SM
RX SM SM
RX SM
RX
155 SM

Single-mode fiber-optic connections


0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX

32772
RX LR
RX LR LR
RX LR
RX
155 LR

Single-mode long reach fiber-optic connections

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts” for information about
SC-type and RJ-45 connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


5-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters

155-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual 155-Mbps single-mode,
multimode, and UTP interface connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 5-3
and Figure 5-4 and described in Table 5-3.

Table 5-3 155-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


RX Off LOS1 or shutdown
(receive) Flashing green Cells being received: blinks every five
seconds and pulse rate increases with data rate
Red Alarm (LOF2, OCD3, AIS4, LOP5)
TX Off No transmit line activity and administratively
(transmit) down
Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases
with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow RDI6
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. OCD = out of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. LOP = loss of pointer
6. RDI = remote defect indicator

Note Single-mode fiber-optic interface connectors are blue, while multimode


connectors are black.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 5-7
Chapter 5 155-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 155-Mbps Port Adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


5-8 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 6
16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules

This chapter describes the 16-port OC-3c interface modules supported in the
Catalyst 8540 MSR. This chapter includes the following sections:
• About OC-3c Interface Modules, page 6-1
• Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules, page 6-3

About OC-3c Interface Modules


The 16-port OC-3c single-mode and multimode interface modules are
high-density modules that operate at 155 Mbps. They provide an effective
solution for intercampus or wide-area links. The OC-3c interface modules enable
backbone trunking for networks where edge and server connections scale from
10/100 Mbps to 155 Mbps. The OC-3c interface modules support MT-RJ duplex
optical media connectors.

Interface Ports Supported


The Catalyst 8540 MSR supports up to eight OC-3c interface modules with a
maximum of 128 OC-3c interface ports. (See Figure 6-1.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 6-1
Chapter 6 16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules
About OC-3c Interface Modules

Figure 6-1 OC-3c Interface Module

C85MS-18F-OC3MM

US
AT TX TX
ST
TX TX
RX RX
TX TX TX
RX RX TX TX
K RX RX TX
LIN LIN
K K RX TX TX
0 1 LIN
K K RX RX TX
ROUTE SWITCH
OC3/STM1 MMF MODULE 2 LIN 3 LIN K K RX RX
TX TX
4 LIN 5 LIN K K RX RX
TX TX
6 LIN RX
7 LIN 8 LINK 9 LINK RX RX
10LINK 11LINK RX
12LINK K
13LIN K
14 LIN
K
15 LIN

TX TX TX TX
RX RX RX RX
2 K K
LIN 13 LIN 14
K K
LIN 15 LIN

32722
ATM Connections Supported
The OC-3c interface module provides ATM connections for intercampus
applications, backbone trunking, wiring closet and server farm aggregation, and
desktop connectivity.
The 16-port OC-3c multimode interface module provides short-reach intercampus
and WAN ATM connections up to 500 m. The 16-port OC-3c single-mode
interface module provides longer intercampus and WAN ATM connections up to
5 km. (See Figure 6-2.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


6-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 6 16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules

Figure 6-2 OC-3c Interface Module ATM Intercampus and WAN Connections

OC-3c MM
uplinks

ATM
switch
router

OC-3c SM
OC-3c MM

79732
To WAN

JATE Approval
The OC-3c port adapter with multimode and single-mode connections meets the
Japan Approvals Institute for Telecommunications Equipment (JATE) approval.
See Table 6-1 for JATE approval details for the OC-3c port adapter.

Table 6-1 JATE Approval for the OC-3c Interface Module

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-OC3-4SSLR D99-0506JP
Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-OC-3-1S3M D99-0507JP
Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-OC3-4SS D99-0504JP

Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the OC-3c interface
module, which provides multimode connections.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 6-3
Chapter 6 16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM multimode interface with an external ATM network.

OC-3c Interface Module Supported Interfaces


The OC-3c interface module provides an interface to ATM switching fabrics for
transmitting and receiving data bidirectionally at up to 155 Mbps. The OC-3c
interface module can support interfaces that connect to the OC-3c multimode
fiber-optic—STS-3c/STM-1 physical layer.

Note See Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements.

OC-3c Interface Module Connectors


To connect the OC-3c interface module to the external ATM switch router, use
MT-RJ connectors. See Figure 6-3 for single-mode and multimode fiber-optic
connections with MT-RJ connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


6-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 6 16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules

Figure 6-3 OC-3c Fiber-Optic Connections and LEDs

Single-mode fiber-optic connections


with MT-RJ connectors and LEDs
C85MS-16F-OC3SM

S
TU

TX
TX

TX

TX

TX
TA

NK RX

NK RX

NK RX

NK RX

NK RX
S

0 1 2 3
LI

LI
LI
LI
LI
OC3/STM1 SMF

Multimode fiber-optic connections


with MT-RJ connectors and LEDs
C85MS-16F-OC3MM
S
TU

TX
TX

TX

TX

TX
TA

NK RX

NK RX

NK RX

NK RX

NK RX
S

0 1 2 3
LI

LI
LI
LI
LI

85128
OC3/STM1 MMF

Note See the “MT-RJ Ethernet Connector Pinouts” section on page B-13 for more
MT-RJ connector information.

OC-3c Interface Module LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual OC-3c single-mode and
multimode interface module interface connections. The LEDs are shown in
Figure 6-3 and described in Table 6-2.

Table 6-2 OC-3c Interface Module LEDs

LED State Description


LINK Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 6-5
Chapter 6 16-Port OC-3c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-3c Interface Modules

Table 6-2 OC-3c Interface Module LEDs

LED State Description


RX Off Administratively down or LOS1
(receive) Flashing green Cells being received: pulse rate increases with data rate
Red Alarm (LOF2, OCD3, AIS4, LOP5)
TX Off No transmit line activity and administratively down
(transmit) Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow RDI6
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. OCD = out of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. LOP = loss of pointer
6. RDI = remote defect indicator

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


6-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 7
622-Mbps Port Adapters

This chapter describes the 622-Mbps SONET STS-12c/SDH STM-4c port adapter
that is supported in the following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About 622-Mbps Port Adapters, page 7-1
• Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters, page 7-3

About 622-Mbps Port Adapters


The 622-Mbps SONET STS-12c/SDH STM-4c port adapter is used for
intercampus or wide-area links. The 622-Mbps port adapter supports an SC-type
connector.

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required. Table 7-1
identifies the maximum number of 622-Mbps interface ports supported in
each system.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 7-1
Chapter 7 622-Mbps Port Adapters
About 622-Mbps Port Adapters

Table 7-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max. No. of 622-Mbps


System Type Interface Ports
Catalyst 8540 MSR 16
Catalyst 8510 MSR 8
LightStream 1010 8
Catalyst 5500 8

Figure 7-1 shows a 622-Mbps port adapter that supports single-mode connectors.

Figure 7-1 622-Mbps Port Adapter with a Single-Mode Connector

32759
0
TX

622 SM
CD RX SM

ATM Connections Supported


The 622-Mbps port adapter has a single port that provides the following ATM
connections, as shown in Figure 7-2:
• 622-Mbps single-mode and single-mode long reach connections provide
either WAN or intercampus ATM connections.
• 622-Mbps multimode connections provide intercampus ATM connections.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


7-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 7 622-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters

Figure 7-2 622-Mbps Port Adapter ATM Intercampus and WAN Connections

ATM switch ATM switch


router router

622-Mbps
multimode

622-Mbps
multimode
Building 2 Building 1

46036
622 single-mode
to WAN

Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the 622-Mbps port
adapter, which provides single-mode, multimode, and single-mode long reach
connections.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM single-mode or multimode interface with an external
ATM network.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 7-3
Chapter 7 622-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters

622-Mbps Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The 622-Mbps port adapter can support interfaces that connect to the following
physical layers:
• SONET 622-Mbps multimode fiber-optic—STS-12c/STM-4c
• SONET 622-Mbps single-mode fiber-optic—STS-12c/STM-4c

Note See Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements.

622-Mbps Port Adapter Connectors


To connect the 622-Mbps multimode or single-mode port adapters to the external
ATM switch router, use an SC-type connector for multimode, single-mode, or
single-mode long reach fiber-optic traffic. (See Figure 7-3.)

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more information
about the SC-type connector.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


7-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 7 622-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters

Figure 7-3 622-Mbps Fiber-Optic Connections and LEDs

0
TX

CD RX SM
622 SM

Single-mode
fiber-optic connection
0
TX

CD RX M
M
622 MM

Multimode
fiber-optic connection

TX TX RX

32767
CD RX LR
622 LR

Single-mode long reach


fiber-optic connection

Caution If you are attaching a short cable to a long reach port adapter, you must add 10 dB
of attenuation in the line or the transmitter can overdrive the receiver and
introduce data errors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 7-5
Chapter 7 622-Mbps Port Adapters
Cabling 622-Mbps Port Adapters

622-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual 622-Mbps single-mode
and multimode fiber-optic connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 7-3 and
described in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2 622-Mbps Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


CD (carrier detect) Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX (receive) Off Administratively down or LOS1
Flashing green Cells being received: pulse rate increases with data rate
Red Alarm (LOF2, OCD3, AIS4, LOP5)
TX (transmit) Off No transmit line activity and administratively down
Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow RDI6
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. OCD = out of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. LOP - loss of pointer
6. RDI = remote defect indicator

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


7-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 8
Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules

This chapter describes the four-port OC-12c interface module that is supported in
the Catalyst 8540 MSR. This chapter includes the following sections:
• About OC-12c Interface Modules, page 8-1
• Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules, page 8-3

About OC-12c Interface Modules


The OC-12c interface module is used for intercampus or wide-area links. The
OC-12c interface module supports a dual SC-type connector.
The following OC-12c interface modules are described in this chapter:
• OC-12c multimode interface module
• OC-12c single-mode interface module

Interface Ports Supported


The Catalyst 8540 MSR supports up to a maximum of eight OC-12c interface
modules with a maximum of 32 OC-12c interface ports. The four ports are
available in either multimode or single-mode connectors. (See Figure 8-1.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 8-1
Chapter 8 Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules
About OC-12c Interface Modules

Figure 8-1 The OC-12c Interface Module

C85MS-4F-OC12MM

MMF-SR
TX MMF-SR MMF-SR
RX TX MMF-SR
K TX MMF-SR
STATUS LIN RX
K TX
ROUTE SWITCH
OC12/STM4 MODULE MODULE
MM INTERFACE RX 0 LIN RX
TX K
RX 0 LIN RX
TX K
RX 0 TX LIN
RX 0 TX

MMF-SR
TX
RX
K

32718
LIN
RX 0 TX

ATM Connections Supported


The OC-12c interface module has four ports that provide the following ATM
connections, as shown in Figure 8-2:
• OC-12c multimode connectors provide short reach ATM connections up to
500 m.
• OC-12c single-mode connectors provide intermediate reach ATM
connections up to 15 km.

Figure 8-2 OC-12c Interface Module Short and Intermediate Reach ATM Connections
OC-3c MM OC-3c MM

OC-12c SM
or MM Server
farm
To WAN

OC-12c SM Server
or MM OC-3c MM farm
OC-12c SM or MM OC-12c SM
or MM
32742

To WAN To WAN

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


8-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 8 Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules

JATE Approval
The OC-12c interface module with multimode and single-mode connections
meets the Japan Approvals Institute for Telecommunications Equipment (JATE)
approval. See Table 8-1 for JATE approval details for the OC-12c port adapter.

Table 8-1 JATE Approval for the 155-Mbps Port Adapter

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-OC-12-1SS L00-0009
Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-OC-12-1SS L00-00097

Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the OC-12c interface
module, which provides multimode and single-mode connections.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex and are composed of two fibers, one for each
link direction. You must use the appropriate ATM interface cable to connect the
ATM single-mode or multimode interface with an external ATM network. Do not
mix single-mode or multimode ports or cables.

OC-12c Interface Module Supported Interfaces


The OC-12c interface module can support interfaces that connect to the following
physical layers:
• OC-12c multimode fiber-optic—STS-12c/STM-4c
• OC-12c single-mode fiber-optic—STS-12c/STM-4c

Note See Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 8-3
Chapter 8 Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules

OC-12c Interface Module Connectors


To connect the OC-12c multimode or single-mode interface modules to other
OC-12c equipment by way of an optical link, use a dual SC-type connector for
multimode and single-mode fiber-optic traffic. (See Figure 8-3.)

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more information
about SC-type connectors.

Figure 8-3 OC-12c Fiber-Optic Connections and LEDs


Multimode short reach
fiber-optic connections

MMF-SR

TX

RX
STATUS K
LIN
RX 0 TX
OC12/STM4 MM INTERFACE MODULE

Single-mode intermediate
fiber-optic connections

SMF-IR

TX

RX
STATUS NK
32719

LI
RX 0 TX
OC12/STM4 SMF-IR INTERFACE MODULE

Caution If you are attaching a short cable to the OC-12c intermediate reach port adapter,
you must add 10 dB of attenuation in the interface, or the transmitter can overdrive
the receiver and introduce data errors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


8-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 8 Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules

OC-12c Interface Module LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual OC-12c multimode and
single-mode fiber-optic connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 8-3 and
described in Table 8-2.

Table 8-2 OC-12c Interface Module LEDs

LED State Description


LINK Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX Off Administratively down or LOS1
(receive) Flashing green Cells being received: pulse rate increases with data rate
Red Alarm (LOF2, OCD3, AIS4, LOP5)
TX Off No transmit line activity and administratively down
(transmit) Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow RDI6
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. OCD = out of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. LOP = loss of pointer
6. RDI = remote defect indicator

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 8-5
Chapter 8 Four-Port OC-12c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-12c Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


8-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 9
OC-48c Interface Modules

This chapter describes the OC-48c interface modules that are supported in the
Catalyst 8540 MSR. This chapter includes the following sections:
• About OC-48c Interface Modules, page 9-1
• Cabling OC-48c Interface Modules, page 9-4

About OC-48c Interface Modules


The OC-48c interface module is a full-width interface module that meets the high
capacity requirements of large enterprise and service provider networks. The
Catalyst 8540 MSR supports the following OC-48c interface modules:
• 1-port OC-48c single-mode long reach plus 4-port OC-12c single-mode fiber
• 2-port OC-48c single-mode long reach
• 2-port OC-48c single-mode intermediate reach
• 1-port OC-48c single-mode intermediate reach plus 4-port OC-12c
single-mode intermediate reach
• 1-port OC-48c single-mode intermediate reach plus 4-port OC-12c
multimode fiber
Each OC-48c interface module occupies two full-width card slots in the
Catalyst 8540 MSR. You can install an OC-48c interface module in slot pairs
only. For example, slot pairs in the chassis are slots 0 and 1, 2 and 3, 9 and 10, and
11 and 12. (See Figure 9-1.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 9-1
Chapter 9 OC-48c Interface Modules
About OC-48c Interface Modules

Figure 9-1 OC-48c Interface Module Occupying Two Slots in the Catalyst 8540 MSR

C85MS-1F4M-0C48SS

0 STATUS
TX

RX

LINK
TX RX
STATUS MMF-SR
TX MMF-SR MMF-SR MMF-SR

1 RX

LINK
TX

RX
TX

RX
TX

RX
0C48c/STM16-0C12/STM4 LINK LINK LINK

46046
Interface Ports Supported
The Catalyst 8540 MSR supports up to a maximum of four OC-48c interface
modules. Table 9-1identifies the maximum number of OC-48c and OC-12c ports
on the OC-48c interface module that the Catalyst 8540 MSR supports. All the
OC-48c and OC-12c interface ports support the dual SC-type connector.

Table 9-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max. No. of Interface Ports Using Max. No. of Interface Ports Using the 1-Port
System Type the 2-Port OC-48c Interface Module OC-48c plus 4-Port OC-12c Interface Module
Catalyst 8540 MSR 8 OC-48c ports 4 OC-48c ports
16 OC-12c ports

ATM Connections Supported


The OC-48c interface module provides 2.488-Gbps ATM connections for
high-speed enterprise campus networks and service provider networks. The
OC-48c interface module is the concatenated version of OC-48, in which the
entire 2.488-Gbps link is managed as a single payload. The OC-48c interface
module provides high-density aggregation of lower speed interfaces, such as
Gigabit Ethernet, OC-3c, T1 and E1, and DS3 and E3.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


9-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 9 OC-48c Interface Modules
About OC-48c Interface Modules

The OC-48c interface module provides the following ATM connections:


• OC-48c single-mode long reach interfaces provide ATM connections
up to 80 km.
• OC-48c single-mode intermediate reach interfaces provide ATM connections
up to 15 km.
• OC-12c single-mode intermediate reach interfaces provide ATM connections
up to 15 km.
• OC-12c multimode short reach interfaces provide ATM connections up
to 500 m.
The OC-48c interface module provides ATM connections as shown in Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-2 OC-48c Interface Module ATM Connections

OC-3c MM OC-3c MM

OC-48c SM

To WAN

OC-48c SM Server
OC-3c MM farm
OC-48c SM Server
OC-48c SM farm
32747

To WAN To WAN

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 9-3
Chapter 9 OC-48c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-48c Interface Modules

Cabling OC-48c Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the OC-48c interface
module, which provides single-mode and multimode connections.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex and are composed of two fibers, one for each
link direction. You must use the appropriate ATM interface cable to connect the
ATM single-mode or multimode interface with an external ATM network. You
should not mix single-mode or multimode ports or cables.

OC-48c Interface Module Supported Interfaces


The OC-48c interface module can support interfaces that connect to the following
physical layers:
• OC-48c single-mode fiber-optic—STS-48c/STM-16
• OC-12c single-mode fiber-optic—STS-12c/STM-4c
• OC-12c multimode fiber-optic—STS-12c/STM-4c

Note See Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements.

OC-48c Interface Module Connectors


To connect the OC-48c single-mode interface modules to other OC-48c or
OC-12c equipment through an optical link, use a dual SC-type connector for
multimode and single-mode fiber-optic traffic. (See Figure 9-3.)

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more SC-type
connector information.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


9-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 9 OC-48c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-48c Interface Modules

Figure 9-3 OC-48c Fiber-Optic Connections and LEDs

C85MS-2F-0C48SS
TX
RX
STATUS
LINK

TX RX

TX
STATUS
RX
LINK
0C48c/STM16
TX RX

C85MS-1F4S-0C48SS
TX
RX
STATUS
LINK

TX RX

SMF-IR SMF-IR
STATUS TX TX
RX RX
LINK LINK
0C48c/STM16-0C12/STM4

C85MS-1F4M-0C48SS
TX
RX
STATUS
LINK

TX RX

MMF-SR MMF-SR
STATUS TX TX
RX RX
LINK LINK 32738
0C48c/STM16-0C12/STM4

Caution If you are attaching a short cable to the OC-48c or the OC-12c single-mode port
adapter, you must add 10 dB of attenuation in the interface, or the transmitter
overdrives the receiver and introduces data errors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 9-5
Chapter 9 OC-48c Interface Modules
Cabling OC-48c Interface Modules

OC-48c Interface Module LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual OC-48c single-mode,
OC-12c single-mode, and the OC-12c multimode fiber-optic connections. The
LEDs are shown in Figure 9-3 and described in Table 9-2.

Table 9-2 OC-48c Interface Module LEDs

LED State Description


LINK Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX Off No activity
(receive) Flashing green Cells being received: pulse rate increases with
data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Red Alarm (LOF1, OCD2, AIS3, LOP4, RDI5, LCD6,
UNEQ7, PLM8)
TX Off No transmit line activity and administratively
(transmit) down
Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases
with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow RDI
1. LOF = loss of frame
2. OCD = out of cell delineation
3. AIS = alarm indication signal
4. LOP = loss of pointer
5. RDI = remote defect indicator
6. LCD = loss of cell delineation
7. UNEQ = unequipped code
8. PLM = payload label mismatch

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


9-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 10
T1 and E1 Port Adapters

This chapter describes the T1 and E1 port adapters that are supported in the
following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About T1 and E1 Port Adapters, page 10-2
• Cabling T1 and E1 Port Adapters, page 10-6

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 10-1
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 Port Adapters

About T1 and E1 Port Adapters


The T1 and E1 trunk port adapters are used for intercampus or wide-area links.
The T1 and E1 port adapters support UTP and BNC connectors.

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required.
Table 10-1 identifies the maximum number of T1 and E1 interface ports supported
in each system.

Table 10-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max. No. of T1 and E1


System Type Interface Ports
Catalyst 8540 MSR 64
Catalyst 8510 MSR 32
LightStream 1010 32
Catalyst 5500 32

Figure 10-1 shows a T1 trunk port adapter that supports UTP connectors.

Figure 10-1 T1 Trunk Port Adapter with UTP Connectors 32762

0 1
TX
2 3
TX
TX TX
RX RX
RX RX
CD CD
CD CD
T1 DXS1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


10-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 Port Adapters

ATM Connections Supported


The T1 and E1 port adapters provide ATM connectivity to the WAN through T1 or
E1 trunk lines, as shown in Figure 10-2.

Figure 10-2 T1 Trunk Port Adapter ATM WAN Connections

ATM switch
router
ATM MAN T1/E1
switch
router
OC-3c
T1/E1

T1/E1

Remote
site ATM switch
router
46037

T1/E1

T1/E1
Remote
site

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 10-3
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 Port Adapters

Regulatory Approvals and Compliances


The T1 port adapter meets the following regulatory approvals and compliances:
• JATE Approval
• FCC Part 68 Notice

JATE Approval
The T1 port adapter meets Japan Approvals Institute for Telecommunications
Equipment (JATE) approval. See Table 10-2 for JATE approval details for the
T1 port adapter.

Table 10-2 JATE Approval for the T1 Port Adapter

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-T1-4BNC, N97-K021-0
WAI-T1C-4BNC

FCC Part 68 Notice


The T1 port adapter complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. On the tray of this
equipment is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration
number. If requested, this information must be provided to the telephone
company.
This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided coin services.
Connection to the Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company
notifies you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service might be
required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company notifies you as
soon as possible. Also, you are advised of your right to file a complaint with the
FCC if you believe it is necessary.
The telephone company can make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations,
or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the
telephone company provides advance notice so you can make the necessary
modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


10-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 Port Adapters

If trouble is experienced with this equipment, please contact us for repair and
warranty information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the
telephone company can request that you remove the equipment from the network
until the problem is resolved.
We recommend that you install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this
device is connected. This is to avoid equipment damage caused by local lightning
strikes and other electrical surges.
This equipment uses Uniform Service Order Code (USOC) jacks as shown in
Table 10-3.

Table 10-3 USOC Jacks for T1 and E1 Port Adapters

Facility Service Order


Model No. Interface Code Code Jack Type
WAI-T1-4RJ48 04DU9-BN 6.0N —
WAI-T1-4RJ48 04DU9-DN 6.0N —
WAI-T1-4RJ48 04DU9-1KN 6.0N —
WAI-T1-4RJ48 04DU9-1SN 6.0N —
WAI-T1-4RJ48 04DU9-1ZN 6.0N —

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 10-5
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 Port Adapters

Cabling T1 and E1 Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the T1 (1.544-Mbps)
and E1 (2.048-Mbps) ATM port adapters, which provide T1 UTP, E1 UTP, and E1
coaxial connections.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM BNC or UTP port adapter interface with an external
ATM network.

T1 and E1 Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The T1 and E1 port adapters provide an interface to ATM switching fabrics for
transmitting and receiving data at 1.544 and 2.048 Mbps bidirectionally. The
actual data rate is determined by the physical layer interface module (PLIM). The
T1 and E1 port adapters can support interfaces that connect to the following
physical layers:
• T1 1.544-Mbps UTP cable with RJ-45 connector
• E1 2.048-Mbps UTP cable with RJ-45 connector
• E1 2.048-Mbps coaxial cable with BNC connector

Note The terms RJ-45 connector and RJ-48c connector are sometimes used
interchangeably. The RJ-48c is the jack or receptacle; the RJ-45 is the plug.

Caution Connect the T1 and E1 ports to a network termination unit (NTU). NTU devices
should comply with UL 1950, CSA 950, EN 60950, and IEC 950 standards.

Note See Table B-1 on page B-2 for cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


10-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 Port Adapters

T1 and E1 Port Adapter Trunk Connectors


For T1 and E1 trunks, use an RJ-48 connector and UTP cable to connect the
T1 and E1 trunk port adapter with the WAN or other switch routers. (See
Figure 10-3.)
For BNC E1 connections, use the 75-ohm, RG-59 coaxial cable with
bayonet-style, twist-lock (BNC) connectors to connect the E1 port adapter with
the WAN or external ATM switch router.

Note See the “RJ-48c Connector Pinouts” section on page B-12 for RJ-48c connector
information. See the “ATM Network Connections” section on page B-6 for more
information about the BNC connector with a coaxial interface cable.

Figure 10-3 T1 and E1 Trunk Connections and LEDs

0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX
RX RX RX RX
CD CD CD CD

T1 DXS1

0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX
RX RX RX RX
CD CD CD CD

E1 DXS1

0 1 2 3
TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX 32766

TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD
E1 75Ω

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 10-7
Chapter 10 T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 Port Adapters

T1 and E1 Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual T1 and E1 interface
connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 10-3 and described in Table 10-4.

Table 10-4 T1 and E1 Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


CD (carrier detect) Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX (receive) Off No receive line activity
Flashing green Cells being received: blinks every five seconds and pulse
rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Red Alarm (LOF1, LCD2, AIS3)
TX (transmit) Off No transmit line activity
Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow Alarm FERF4
1. LOF = loss of frame
2. LCD = loss of cell delineation
3. AIS = alarm indication signal
4. FERF = far-end receive failure

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


10-8 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 11
Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port
Adapters

This chapter describes the eight-port T1 and E1 inverse multiplexing over ATM
(IMA) port adapter that is supported in the following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters, page 11-1
• Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters, page 11-7

About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters


The T1 and E1 inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) port adapters use IMA
technology to aggregate multiple low-speed links into one larger virtual trunk or
IMA group. An inverse multiplexer appears to your ATM switch router as one
logical pipe. IMA provides you with modular bandwidth to access the ATM
network between T1 or E1 and T3 or E3 rates.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 11-1
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

IMA requires inverse multiplexing and demultiplexing of ATM cells in a cyclical


fashion among links grouped to form a higher bandwidth logical group with a rate
approximately equal to the sum of the individual link rates. The resultant high
bandwidth virtual logic group is called an IMA group. You can combine up to a
maximum of eight T1 or E1 lines to form an IMA group.
The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters have eight ports. You can use the eight ports on
the T1 or E1 IMA port adapters as independent ATM links or in the IMA mode as
follows:
• Four IMA groups
• Three IMA groups and one independent ATM link
• Two IMA groups and two independent ATM links
• One IMA group and three independent ATM links
• Four independent ATM links
The T1 (1.544 Mbps) and E1 (2.048 Mbps) IMA port adapters provide trunk
connectivity and are used for intercampus or wide-area links. Both the T1 and E1
IMA port adapters support UTP connectors.
The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters support up to eight interfaces and therefore
must operate with feature card per-flow queuing (FC-PFQ) on the processor card.
The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters cannot operate with feature card per-class
queuing (FC-PCQ) on the processor card. FC-PCQ and FC-PFQ are two types of
daughter cards for the processor card. FC-PCQ provides a subset of the ATM
Forum traffic management features provided by FC-PFQ.

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required.
Table 11-1 identifies the maximum number of T1 and E1 IMA interface ports
supported in each system.

Table 11-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max. No. Amount of T1 and E1


System Type Interface Ports (Combined)
Catalyst 8540 MSR 128
Catalyst 8510 MSR 64

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


11-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

Table 11-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type (continued)

Max. No. Amount of T1 and E1


System Type Interface Ports (Combined)
LightStream 1010 64
Catalyst 5500 64

Figure 11-1 shows a T1 IMA trunk port adapter that supports UTP connectors.

Figure 11-1 T1 IMA Trunk Port Adapter with UTP Connectors


0

33455
4

7
R
PW

IL
FA
RX
TX

RX
TX

RX
TX

RX
TX

8T1-IMA
CD

CD

CD

RX
TX
CD

RX
TX

RX
TX

RX
TX
CD

CD

CD

CD

ATM Connections Supported


The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters provide ATM connectivity to the WAN through
T1 and E1 lines. The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters combine up to eight T1 and
E1 lines to form a virtual connection with another ATM switch router or an edge
device such as a router.
The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters allow you to use multiple T1 and E1 lines to
connect remote sites with smaller bandwidth requirements to the corporate ATM
backbone as shown in Figure 11-2. Using IMA functionality, you can switch data,
voice, and video between different remote sites and the central office.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 11-3
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

Figure 11-2 T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter ATM Connections

Remote site Remote site

N x T1 (IMA) N x T1 (IMA)

Remote site

ATM ATM
switch switch N x T1 (IMA)
router router

46038
Corporate ATM MAN

Note For IMA functionality, you must connect the ports of the IMA group in both T1
as well as E1 PAMs with another device in the network that supports inverse
multiplexing over ATM. If a port is configured as an independent ATM link, you
must connect it to another device in the network that supports ATM over T1. The
IMA implementation on T1 and E1 IMA port adapters is based on the ATM Forum
specification version 1.0 (AF-PHY-0086.000). You must connect the 8-port T1
and E1 IMA port adapters with other IMA devices in the network that are also
based on the ATM Forum specification IMA version 1.0.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


11-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

Regulatory Approvals and Compliances


The T1 IMA port adapter meets the following regulatory approvals:
• JATE Approval
• FCC Part 68 Notice
• CS-03 Certification

JATE Approval
The T1 IMA port adapter meets Japan Approvals Institute for
Telecommunications Equipment (JATE) approval. See Table 11-2 for JATE
approval details for the T1 IMA port adapter.

Table 11-2 JATE Approval for the T1 IMA Port Adapter

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems C85MS-8T1-IMA D99-0386-JP

FCC Part 68 Notice


The T1 IMA port adapter complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. On the tray of
this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC
registration number. If requested, this information must be provided to the
telephone company.
This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided coin services.
Connection to the Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company
notifies you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service might be
required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company notifies you as
soon as possible. Also, you are advised of your right to file a complaint with the
FCC if you believe it is necessary.
The telephone company can make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations,
or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the
telephone company provides advance notice so you can make the necessary
modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 11-5
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
About T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

If you experience with this equipment, please contact us for repair and warranty
information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone
company can request that you remove the equipment from the network until the
problem is resolved.
We recommend that you install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this
device is connected. This is to avoid equipment damage caused by local lightning
strikes and other electrical surges.
This equipment uses Uniform Service Order Code (USOC) jacks as shown in
Table 11-3.

Table 11-3 USOC Jacks for the T1 IMA Port Adapter

Model No. Facility Interface Code Service Order Code Jack Type
C85MS-8T1-IMA 04DU9-BN 6.0N RJ48c
C85MS-8T1-IMA 04DU9-DN 6.0N RJ48c
C85MS-8T1-IMA 04DU9-IKN 6.0N RJ48c
C85MS-8T1-IMA 04DU9-ISN 6.0N RJ48c

CS-03 Certification
The T1 IMA port adapter is CS-03 certified. Observe the following general
information and safety precautions:
• The industry Canada label identifies CS-03 certified equipment. This
certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications
network protection, operation, and safety requirements as described in the
appropriate terminal equipment requirements document(s). The department
does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction.
• Before installing the T1 IMA port adapter, ensure that it is permissible to
connect it to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The
T1 IMA port adapter must also be installed using an acceptable method of
connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the above
conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


11-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

• Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative


designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this
equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications
company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment.
• Ensure that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone
lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected
together. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.

Caution Do not attempt to make such connections yourself. Contact the appropriate
electric inspection authority or electrician as appropriate.

See Table 11-4 for CS-O3 approval details for T1 IMA port adapters.

Table 11-4 CS-O3 Approvals for the T1 IMA Port Adapter

Model No. Certificate No. Date


C85MS-8T1-IMA 2461 9805 A March 31, 1999

Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the T1 (1.544-Mbps)
and E1 (2.048 Mbps) IMA port adapters, which provide T1 and E1 UTP
connections.
All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM UTP port adapter interface with an external
ATM network.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 11-7
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The T1 and E1 IMA port adapters provide an interface to ATM switching fabrics
for transmitting and receiving data at approximately N x 1.544 Mbps and
N x 2.048 Mbps bidirectionally for an IMA group on N links. The actual data rate
is determined by the physical layer interface module (PLIM). The T1 and E1 IMA
port adapters support interfaces that connect to the following physical layers:
• T1 1.544-Mbps UTP cable with an RJ-45 connector
• E1 2.048 Mbps UTP cable with an RJ-45 connector

Note The terms RJ-45 connector and RJ-48c connector are sometimes used
interchangeably. The RJ-48c is the jack or receptacle; the RJ-45 is the plug.

Note Table B-1 on page B-2 lists cabling requirements.

T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter Trunk Connectors


For T1 and E1 trunks, use an RJ-48 connector and UTP cable to connect the
T1 and E1 IMA port adapters with the WAN or other switch routers that support
IMA technology. (See Figure 11-3.)

Note See the “RJ-48c Connector Pinouts” section on page B-12 for RJ-48c connector
information.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


11-8 78-10891-03
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

Figure 11-3 T1 and E1 IMA Trunk Connections and LEDs

7
R

IL
PW

FA
RX

RX

RX

RX
RX

RX

RX

RX

TX

TX

TX

TX
TX

TX

TX

TX

CD

CD

CD

CD
CD

CD

CD

CD
8T1-IMA
0

7
R

IL
PW

FA

33456
RX

RX

RX

RX
RX

RX

RX

RX

TX

TX

TX

TX
TX

TX

TX

TX

CD

CD

CD

CD
CD

CD

CD

CD
8E1-IMA-120

If you need E1 75-ohm BNC connections, use the 8-port E1 120-ohm IMA port
adapter with an adapter cable as shown in Figure 11-4. Use model number
CAB-ADPT-75-120= to order the adapter cable. You need up to eight adapter
cables per E1 120-ohm IMA port adapter. You can use straight-through T1 and E1
cables with RJ-45 plugs to connect between the ports on the 8-port E1 120-ohm
IMA port adapter and the adapter cable. Use a cable management bracket with
16-F-F BNC connections as shown in Figure 11-4 to organize the cables leading
to the spare adapter. Use model number CAB-MGT-16BNC= to order the cable
management bracket. For additional information on the 75-120-ohm adapter
cable, see the “E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections” section on
page B-6.

Figure 11-4 Adapter Cable for E1 75-ohm BNC Connections with a Cable
Management Bracket
Adapter cable

TX
(RCV)

RX RJ-45
(XMIT)
CAB-MGT-16BNC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
33457

TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX

Cable management bracket

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 11-9
Chapter 11 Eight-Port T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters
Cabling T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapters

T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual T1 and E1 interface
connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 11-3 and described in Table 11-5.

Table 11-5 T1 and E1 IMA Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


PWR (power) Off power down
Green power up
CD1 (carrier detect) Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX (receive) Off No receive line activity
Flashing Cells being received: blinks every five seconds and
green pulse rate increases with data rate
Loopback
Flashing Alarm (LOF2, LCD3, AIS4)
yellow
Red
TX (transmit) Off No transmit line activity
Flashing Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases with data rate
green Loopback
Flashing Alarm FERF5
yellow
Steady yellow
FAIL Off Module is ok
Blinking red Module is booting up; blinks for about 45 seconds during the
boot up stage
Red Module failed
1. The default state of the CD LED is OFF. The CD LED will glow green only when the cable is connected and the port is not
in shutdown state.
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. LCD = loss of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. FERF = far-end receive failure

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


11-10 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 12
CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters

This chapter describes the channelized E1(CE1) Frame Relay 2.048-Mbps


ATM port adapter that is supported in the following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters, page 12-2
• Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters, page 12-3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 12-1
Chapter 12 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters
About CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters

About CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters


The channelized E1 (CE1) Frame Relay port adapter operates at 2.048 Mbps and
is subdivided into 30 B channels and 1 D channel. The CE1 Frame Relay port
adapter supports Frame Relay and is used for intercampus or wide-area links. The
CE1 Frame Relay port adapter supports UTP and RJ-45 connectors.

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required.
Table 12-1 identifies the maximum number of CE1 Frame Relay interface ports
supported in each system.

Table 12-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

System Type Max. No. of CE1 Frame Relay Interface Ports


Catalyst 8540 MSR 64
Catalyst 8510 MSR 32
LightStream 1010 32
Catalyst 5500 32

Figure 12-1 shows a CE1 Frame Relay port adapter with UTP connectors.

Figure 12-1 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter with UTP Connectors
32712

0 1
TX
2 3
R/ T TX
PW SE TX TX
RX RX
RE
RX RX
CD CD
CD CD

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


12-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 12 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters

ATM Connections Supported


The CE1 Frame Relay port adapter provides ATM connectivity to the WAN
through T1 or E1 trunk lines. (See Figure 12-2.)

Figure 12-2 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter ATM WAN Connections
Branch
office

Headquarters
Enterprise Branch
T1/E1 T1/E1 office
Service provider T1/E1
(without internetworking
capabilites)

T1/E1
ATM
switch
router
Small branch

46039
office

Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the channelized E1
(CE1) Frame Relay 2.048-Mbps ATM port adapter.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM BNC or UTP port adapter interface with an external
ATM network.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 12-3
Chapter 12 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters

CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The CE1 Frame Relay port adapter provides an interface to ATM switching
fabrics for transmitting and receiving data at 2.048 Mbps bidirectionally. The
actual data rate is determined by the physical layer interface module (PLIM). The
CE1 Frame Relay port adapter can support interfaces that connect to the CE1
2.048-Mbps UTP cable with an RJ-48c connector.

Caution Connect the CE1 Frame Relay ports to a network termination unit (NTU). NTU
devices should comply with UL 1950, CSA 950, EN 60950, and IEC 950
standards.

Note Table B-1 on page B-2 lists cabling requirements.

CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter Connectors


For the CE1 trunks, use an RJ-48c connector and UTP cable to connect the CE1
Frame Relay port adapter with the WAN or other switch routers. (See
Figure 12-3.)

Note See the “RJ-48c Connector Pinouts” section on page B-12 for RJ-48c connector
information.

Figure 12-3 CE1 Frame Relay Connections and LEDs

0 1 2 3
TX TX TX TX
R/ T
PW SE RX RX RX RX
RE
CD CD CD CD
32717

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


12-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 12 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters

CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual CE1 Frame Relay
interface connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 12-3 and described in
Table 12-2.

Table 12-2 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


CD (carrier detect) Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX (receive) Off No receive line activity
Flashing green Cells being received: blinks every five seconds and pulse
rate increases with data rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Red Alarm (LOF1, LCD2, AIS3)
TX (Transmit) Off No transmit line activity
Flashing green Cells being transmitted: pulse rate increases with data
rate
Flashing yellow Loopback
Steady yellow Alarm FERF4
1. LOF = loss of frame
2. LCD = loss of cell delineation
3. AIS = alarm indication signal
4. FERF= far-end receive failure

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 12-5
Chapter 12 CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CE1 Frame Relay Port Adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


12-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 13
CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

This chapter describes the circuit emulation service (CES) T1 and E1 port
adapters that are supported in the following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters, page 13-1
• Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters, page 13-5

About CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters


CES T1 and E1 port adapters are used for links that require constant bit rate
(CBR) services such as interconnecting PBXs, time-division multiplexers, and
video conference equipment over campus, private, or public networks. The
T1 port adapters support unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) connectors and the
E1 port adapters support either twisted-pair, foil twisted-pair (FTP), or 75-ohm
BNC connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 13-1
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required.
Table 13-1 identifies the maximum number of CES T1 or CES E1 interface ports
supported in each system.

Table 13-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

System Type Max. No. of CES T1 or CES E1 Interface Ports


Catalyst 8540 MSR 64
Catalyst 8510 MSR 32
LightStream 1010 32
Catalyst 5500 32

Figure 13-1 shows a CES T1 or E1 port adapter that supports UTP connectors.

Figure 13-1 CES T1 or E1 Port Adapter with UTP Connectors

32765
0 1
S1
2 3
S1
S1 S1
S2 S2
S2 S2
CD CD
CD CD
CES E1 120Ω

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


13-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

ATM Connections Supported


The CES T1 or CES E1 port adapters have four ports that provide the following
ATM connections for intercampus or wide-area links (see Figure 13-2):
• PBX interconnects
• Time-division multiplexer connections
• Video conference connections

Figure 13-2 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter ATM WAN Connections


Building 1 Building 2
OC-3 OC-3
or or
OC-12 OC-12

T1
T1/E1 T1/E1

PBX PBX
T1/E1 T1/E1

T1/E1 T1 to WAN T1/E1


MUX MUX

WAN

26153
Video Video

FCC Part 68 Notice


The CES T1 port adapter (Model WAI-T1C-4RJ48) used in the ATM LAN switch
router complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. On the bottom of this equipment is
a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration number. If
requested, this information must be provided to the telephone company.
This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided coin services.
Connection to the Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 13-3
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
About CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company
notifies you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service might be
required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company notifies you as
soon as possible. Also, you are advised of your right to file a complaint with the
FCC if you believe it is necessary.
The telephone company can make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations,
or procedures that might affect the operation of the equipment. If this happens, the
telephone company provides advance notice so you can make the necessary
modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience with this equipment, please contact us for repair and warranty
information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone
company can request that you remove the equipment from the network until the
problem is resolved.
We recommend that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to
which this device is connected. This is to avoid equipment damage caused by local
lightning strikes and other electrical surges.
This equipment uses Uniform Service Order Code (USOC) jacks as listed in
Table 13-2.

Table 13-2 USOC Jacks for CES Port Adapters

Facility Interface Service Order


Model No. Code Code Jack Type
WAI-T1C-4RJ48 04DU9-BN 6.0N —
WAI-T1C-4RJ48 04DU9-DN 6.0N —
WAI-T1C-4RJ48 04DU9-1KN 6.0N —
WAI-T1C-4RJ48 04DU9-1SN 6.0N —
WAI-T1C-4RJ48 04DU9-1ZN 6.0N —

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


13-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the CES T1 and E1
ATM port adapters, which provide CES T1 and E1 twisted-pair and CES E1 BNC
connections.

Note All CES interfaces are bidirectional. You must use the appropriate CES interface
cable to connect the CES BNC or twisted-pair port adapter interface with an
external CES network.

CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter Supported Interfaces:


The CES T1 and CES E1 port adapters provide an interface to CES switching
fabrics for transmitting and receiving data at up to 1.544 Mbps (T1) and 2.048
Mbps (E1) bidirectionally. The CES port adapters can support interfaces that
connect to the following physical layers:
• E1 G.703 with HDB3 coding
• E1 2.048-Mbps coaxial cable

Note For descriptions of ATM cabling requirements, see the “E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and
CDS3 Connections” section on page B-6.

CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter Connectors


To connect the CES T1 or CES E1 port adapters to the external CES network, use
the following connectors (see Figure 13-3):
• For CES traffic over twisted-pair, use the RJ-48c connector.
• For coaxial traffic, use the BNC connector.

Caution Connect T1 and E1 ports to a network termination unit (NTU). NTU devices
should comply with UL 1950, CSA 950, EN 60950, and IEC 950 standards.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 13-5
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

Note For a description of these connectors, see Appendix B, “Connectors and


Connector Pinouts.”

Figure 13-3 CES T1 and E1 Connections and LEDs

0 1 2 3
S1 S1 S1 S1
S2 S2 S2 S2
CD CD CD CD

CES T1

RJ-48c connectors

0 1 2 3
S1 S1 S1 S1
S2 S2 S2 S2
CD CD CD CD

CES E1 120

RJ-48c connectors
0 1 0 1
TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX

32769
S1 S2 CD S1 S2 CD S1 S2 CD S1 S2 CD
CES E1 75Ω

BNC connectors

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


13-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual BNC and twisted-pair
interface connections. (See Figure 13-3.) Table 13-3 describes the LEDs, and
Table 13-4 lists the possible status conditions.

Table 13-3 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapter LEDs

LED Description
S1 (status1) Steady green, red, or yellow; flashing green, red, or
(TX) yellow; or off
S2 (status 2) Steady green, red, or yellow; flashing green, red, or
(RX) yellow; or off
CD (carrier detect) Either on (green) or off

Table 13-4 CES T1 and E1 LED Status Conditions

S1 LED State S2 LED State


Port Status Indication (TX) (RX) CD LED State
Port not configured Off Off Off
Port administratively down Off Off Off
Normal Green Green Green
Red alarm due to framing error Red Red Off
Red alarm due to loss of cells Red Red Green
Yellow alarm Yellow Off Green
Blue alarm Off Yellow Green
Port in loop state Flashing Flashing Green
green green

Note During alarm integration, the indicated LEDs flash the “upcoming” or “next” state
combination indicated in Table 13-4. For example, when the line conditioning
state machine is notified of loss of signal (LOS), S1 (TX) and S2 (RX) flash red
because a continued LOS puts the port in the red alarm state.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 13-7
Chapter 13 CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters
Cabling CES T1 and E1 Port Adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


13-8 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 14
DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

This chapter describes the DS3 and E3 port adapters that are supported in the
following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About DS3 and E3 Port Adapters, page 14-1
• Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters, page 14-5

About DS3 and E3 Port Adapters


The DS3 and E3 port adapters are used for wide-area connectivity, to link multiple
campuses, or to connect to public networks. The DS3 and E3 port adapters support
standard BNC coaxial cable connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 14-1
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
About DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required.
Table 14-1 identifies the maximum number of DS3 or E3 interface ports
supported in each system.

Table 14-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

System Type Max. No. of DS3 or E3 Interface Ports


Catalyst 8540 MSR 64
Catalyst 8510 MSR 32
LightStream 1010 32
Catalyst 5500 32

Figure 14-1 shows a DS3 port adapter with BNC connectors.

Figure 14-1 DS3 Port Adapter with BNC Connectors

32773
0
TX RX 1
TX RX 2
TX RX
3
TX RX

DS-3 TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD
TX RX CD

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


14-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
About DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

ATM Connections Supported


The DS3 and E3 port adapters can provide intercampus and enterprise WAN
connections. (See Figure 14-2.)

Figure 14-2 DS3 Port Adapter ATM Intercampus and WAN Connections
ATM switch ATM switch
router router

DS3

Campus 2 Campus 1

46070
DS3 to WAN
The DS3 can also be used to link a router at a customer site to a central office.
(See Figure 14-3.)

Figure 14-3 DS3 Port Adapter ATM Customer-Site-to-Central-Office Connection


Customer site Central office

DS3 DS3

T1/E1 lines
32715

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 14-3
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
About DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

In addition, the DS3 can link an ATM switch router at a customer site to a central
office by way of a virtual path tunnel, as shown in Figure 14-4.

Figure 14-4 DS3 Port Adapter ATM with Virtual Path Tunnel Connection
Customer site Service provider Central office

DS3

Virtual path tunnel DS3

32714
Note Include the FC-3 in the configuration if your connections include a virtual path
tunnel.

JATE Approval
The DS3 port adapter meets the Japan Approvals Institute for
Telecommunications Equipment (JATE) approval. See Table 14-2 for JATE
approval details for the DS3 port adapter.

Table 14-2 JATE Approval for the DS3 Port Adapter

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems C85MS-IDS3-FRBNC N98-N343-0
Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-T3-4BNC N98-N3131-0
Nihon Cisco Systems WAI-T1-4BNC, N97-K021-0
WAI-T1C-4BNC

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


14-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the DS3 and E3 port
adapters.

Note All ATM interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate ATM interface
cable to connect the ATM DS3 or E3 port adapter interface with an external ATM
network.

DS3 and E3 Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The DS3 and E3 port adapters provide an interface to ATM switching fabrics for
transmitting and receiving data at up to 45 Mbps (DS3) or 34 Mbps (E3)
bidirectionally. The ATM port adapter can support interfaces that connect to the
following physical layers:
• DS3 45-Mbps coaxial cable
• E3 34-Mbps coaxial cable

Note See the “E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections” section on page B-6 for
descriptions of ATM cabling requirements.

DS3 and E3 Port Adapter Connectors


To connect the DS3 port adapter and E3 port adapter to an external ATM network,
use a 75-ohm RG-59 coaxial cable with bayonet-style twist-lock (BNC)
connectors. (See Figure 14-5.)

Caution Connect the DS3 and E3 ports to a network termination unit (NTU). NTU devices
should comply with UL 1950, CSA 950, EN 60950, and IEC 950 standards.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 14-5
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

Note See the “E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections” section on page B-6 for
a description of these connectors.

Figure 14-5 DS3 and E3 Coaxial Connections and LEDs

TX 0 RX TX 1 RX
TX TX

3 3
RX DS DS RX
DS3

TX 0 RX TX 1 RX
TX TX

RX E3 E3 RX
E3

0 1 2 3
TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX

TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD
DS-3

0 1 2 3
TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX

32752
TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD TX RX CD
E3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


14-6 78-10891-03
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

DS3 and E3 Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual DS3 and E3 interface
connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 14-5 and described in Table 14-3.

Table 14-3 DS3 and E3 Port Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


CD (carrier detect) Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX (receive) Off LOS1 or shutdown
Flashing green Cells being received
Red Alarm (LOF2, LCD3, AIS4)
TX (transmit) Off No transmit line activity
Flashing green Cells being transmitted
Steady yellow Alarm FERF5
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. LCD = loss of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. FERF = far-end receive failure

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 14-7
Chapter 14 DS3 and E3 Port Adapters
Cabling DS3 and E3 Port Adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


14-8 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 15
CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters

This chapter describes the channelized DS3 Frame Relay port adapter (CDS3) that
is supported in the following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010
• Catalyst 5500
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters, page 15-1
• Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters, page 15-3

About CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters


The Channelized DS3 Frame Relay port adapter (CDS3) is used for wide-area
connectivity, to link multiple campuses, or to connect public networks. The CDS3
port adapter has one physical 44.736 Mbps port and consists of 28 T1 lines
multiplexed through a T3 trunk. The CDS3 port adapter supports standard BNC
coaxial cable connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 15-1
Chapter 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters
About CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters

Interface Ports Supported


The ATM switch router supports any port adapter combination required.
Table 15-1 identifies the number of CDS3 interface ports supported in each
system.

Table 15-1 Maximum Interface Ports Supported by System Type

System Type Max. No. of CDS3 Interface Ports


Catalyst 8540 MSR 16
Catalyst 8510 MSR 8
LightStream 1010 8
Catalyst 5500 8

Figure 15-1 shows a CDS3 port adapter with BNC connectors.

Figure 15-1 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter with BNC Connectors

32711
TX
RX
TX
RX
CD
DS3FR

ATM Connections Supported


The CDS3 port adapter facilitates internetworking between a Frame Relay
network, an ATM network, and network users. (See Figure 15-2.) Users can retain
existing Frame Relay services and expand to a higher bandwidth capacity of an
ATM network when required. The CDS3 port adapter is useful for service
providers who provide Frame Relay services over a core ATM backbone.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


15-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters

Figure 15-2 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter ATM WAN Connection

Company A
headquarters Frame
Relay

Frame Service Frame


Relay provider Relay
Branch
office

Branch
ATM CE office
Backbone

T1
Branch
office
Company B Layer 2 transmission E1
headquarters
Small
branch

32716
office

Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the Channelized DS3
Frame Relay (CDS3) ATM port adapter.

Note All interfaces are full duplex. You must use the appropriate interface 75-ohm
coaxial cable to connect the CDS3 port adapter interface with an external
network.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 15-3
Chapter 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters

CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter Supported Interfaces


The CDS3 port adapter provides an interface to ATM switching fabrics for
transmitting and receiving data at up to 45 Mbps (CDS3) bidirectionally. The
ATM port adapter can support interfaces that connect to the CDS3 45-Mbps
coaxial cable physical layer.

Note See the “E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections” section on page B-6 for
ATM cabling requirements.

CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter Connectors


To connect the CDS3 port adapter to an external Frame Relay network, use a
75-ohm RG-59 coaxial cable with bayonet-style twist-lock (BNC) connectors.
(See Figure 15-1.)

Caution Connect the CDS3 ports to a network termination unit (NTU). NTU devices
should comply with UL 1950, CSA 950, EN 60950, and IEC 950 standards.

Note See the “E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections” section on page B-6 for
a description of these connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


15-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters

CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapter LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the individual CDS3 interface
connections. The LEDs are shown in Figure 15-3 and described in Table 15-2.

Figure 15-3 CDS3 Frame Relay BNC Connectors and LEDs

TX RX
TX
RX
CD

32746
Table 15-2 CDS3 Frame Relay Adapter LEDs

LED State Description


CD (carrier detect) Off Carrier detect signal not received
Green Carrier detect signal received
RX (receive) Off LOS1 or shutdown
Flashing green Cells being received
Red Alarm (LOF2, LCD3, AIS4)
TX (transmit) Off No transmit line activity
Flashing green Cells being transmitted
Steady yellow Alarm FERF5
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. LCD = loss of cell delineation
4. AIS = alarm indication signal
5. FERF = far-end receive failure

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 15-5
Chapter 15 CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters
Cabling CDS3 Frame Relay Port Adapters

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


15-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 16
ATM Router Modules

This chapter describes the ATM router modules that are supported in the
following ATM systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010

Note The LightStream 1010 system software image does not include support for the
ATM router module or Layer 3 features. You can download the Catalyst 8510
MSR image to a LightStream 1010 ATM switch router with ASP-C and FC-PFQ
installed.

This chapter includes the following sections:


• About ATM Router Modules, page 16-1
• ATM Connections Supported, page 16-3
• ATM Router Module LEDs, page 16-5

About ATM Router Modules


The ATM router modules provide the Catalyst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 8510 MSR,
and LightStream 1010 with high-speed internetworking between the Layer 2 and
Layer 3 network topologies. When the ATM router module is installed, you no

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 16-1
Chapter 16 ATM Router Modules
About ATM Router Modules

longer need to choose either Layer 3 or ATM technology, as is frequently the case
with enterprise and metropolitan area applications. You can have both Layer 3 and
ATM technologies in the same multiservice ATM switch router (MSR) chassis.
The Catalyst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 8510 MSR, and LightStream 1010 equipped
with ATM router module functionality provide Ethernet-ATM and ATM-ATM
bridging and routing. You can combine ATM and Layer 3 port adapters and
interface modules in a Catalyst 8540 MSR chassis equipped with the ATM router
module. The Catalyst 8510 MSR can use Catalyst 8510 CSR interface modules.
The ATM router module offers interoperability between the interface modules
used in the Catalyst 8540 CSR and the port adapters and interface modules used
in the Catalyst 8540 MSR. The ATM router modules also offers interoperability
between the Layer 3 switching interface modules used in the Catalyst 8510 CSR
and the ATM port adapters used in the Catalyst 8510 MSR chassis.
The ATM router module cannot operate with feature card per-class queuing
(FC-PCQ) on the processor card. FC-PCQ and FC-PFQ are two types of daughter
cards for the processor card. FC-PCQ provides a subset of the ATM Forum traffic
management features provided by FC-PFQ.

Note For information on how to configure the Layer 3 modules that interoperate with
the ATM router module in the Catalyst 8540 MSR chassis, refer to the Layer 3
Software Feature and Configuration Guide.

The Catalyst 8540 MSR supports two ATM router modules. The modules are
available with either 64 KB or 256 KB of memory and both have two internal
interfaces across the backplane. The Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010
ATM router module has one internal interface across the backplane. Each
interface provides switching at 1 Gbps between Layer 2 and Layer 3 in the ATM
switch router.

Note The Catalyst 8540 MSR needs a minimum of 256-MB DRAM to support the
enhanced ATM router module.

Figure 16-1 shows the full-width ATM router modules that occupy the entire slot
in the ATM switch router. (See Table 16-1 for ATM router module slot
placements.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


16-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 16 ATM Router Modules
ATM Connections Supported

Figure 16-1 ATM Router Module

32736
C8540-ARM-64K

S
U
AT
ST
C8540 ATM Router
Module 64K

Note The ATM router module is hot-swappable. When hot swapping an ATM router
module, wait 1 minute after removing the module before installing a new module.

Table 16-1 Maximum Number of ATM Router Modules Installed by System Type

ATM Router Module Max. No. of ATM Router


ATM System Chassis Type Placement Modules Installed
Catalyst 8540 MSR 13 slots Slots 0-3 or 9-13 2
Catalyst 8510 MSR 5 slots Slot 0-1 or 3-4 1
1
LightStream 1010 5 slots Slot 0-1 or 3-4 1
1. ATM router module and Layer 3 feature support is only available with the Catalyst 8510 MSR system software image. You
can download this image to a LightStream 1010 ATM switch router with ASP-C and FC-PFQ installed. The LightStream 1010
image does not support the ATM router module or Layer 3 features.

ATM Connections Supported


You can use the ATM router modules for high-speed enterprise campus and
metropolitan-area networks. The Catalyst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 8510 MSR, and
LightStream 1010 chassis equipped with the ATM router modules are an ideal
solution where an ATM infrastructure already exists or where ATM is the desired
backbone solution. The ATM router modules perform Gigabit Ethernet and ATM
internetworking seamlessly on a single platform. You can use the ATM router
modules in campuses that are migrating from ATM to Gigabit Ethernet. The ATM
router modules allow you to use Gigabit Ethernet for wiring closet uplinks in an
existing ATM backbone.
The Catalyst 8540 MSR, Catalyst 8510 MSR, and LightStream 1010 chassis
equipped with the ATM router module are used either as a core or an edge device
in an ATM network. Figure 16-2 shows a sample network with a
Catalyst 8540 MSR.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 16-3
Chapter 16 ATM Router Modules
ATM Connections Supported

Figure 16-2 Catalyst 8540 MSR Using the ATM Router Module as a Core and an
Edge Device
Wiring closet

Links 1 Gb Ethernet
1 Gb Ethernet
Catalyst 8540
MSR

(data)

Campus
backbone

(voice) Catalyst 8540 MSR

WAN (video)

32745

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


16-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 16 ATM Router Modules
ATM Router Module LEDs

ATM Router Module LEDs


The status LED provides information for the internal interfaces on the ATM router
module. The LEDs are shown in Figure 16-3 and described in Table 16-2.

Figure 16-3 ATM Router Module LED

C8540-ARM-64K
S
U
AT
ST

32737
C8540 ATM Router Module 64K

Table 16-2 ATM Router Module LED

LED State Description


Status Green Microcode download successful
Red Microcode download not successful

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 16-5
Chapter 16 ATM Router Modules
ATM Router Module LEDs

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


16-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 17
Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet
Interface Modules

This chapter describes the eight-port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet interface


modules that are supported by the Catalyst 8510 CSR. This chapter includes the
following sections:
• About Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules, page 17-1
• Cabling Eight-Port 10/100Base-T Interface Modules, page 17-2

About Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8510 CSR switch router supports an eight-port 10/100BASE-T
interface module that provides 10-Mbps or 100-Mbps Layer 2 or Layer 3 UTP
connections. It provides full-duplex or half-duplex connections and Fast
EtherChannel operation.

Interface Ports Supported


The eight-port 10/100BASE-T interface module supports a maximum number of
32 interface ports in the Catalyst 8510 CSR. Figure 17-1 shows an eight-port
10/100BASE-T Ethernet interface module.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 17-1
Chapter 17 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port 10/100Base-T Interface Modules

Figure 17-1 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Ethernet UTP Interface Module

11401
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
10/100 Base Tx 100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE 100Mbps Tx
LINK Rx
0 LINK Rx
1 LINK Rx
2 LINK Rx
3 LINK Rx
4 LINK Rx
5 LINK Rx
6 LINK Rx
7

Connections Supported
The eight-port 10/100BASE-T UTP interface module provides 10-Mbps or
100-Mbps UTP connections. It provides full-duplex or half-duplex connections
and Fast EtherChannel operation.

Cabling Eight-Port 10/100Base-T Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the eight-port
10/100BASE-T interface module.

Note Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” lists cabling requirements.

Interface Module Connectors


To connect the eight-port 10/100BASE-T interface module to an external device,
use an RJ-45 connector for 10-Mbps or 100-Mbps UTP connections. (See
Figure 17-2.)

Figure 17-2 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module Connections and LEDs

100Mbps Tx
11822

10/100 Base Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE LINK Rx
0

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


17-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 17 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port 10/100Base-T Interface Modules

Note See the “RJ-45 Connector Pinouts” section on page B-11 for more RJ-45
connector information.

Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module LEDs


Figure 17-2 shows the LEDs for the eight-port 10/100BASE-T interface module.
Table 17-1 describes the LEDs.

Table 17-1 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED Description
Rx (Receive) When a port is receiving a packet, the LED is green for
approximately 50 ms; otherwise, it is off.
Tx (Transmit) When a port is transmitting a packet, the LED is green for
approximately 50 ms; otherwise, it is off.
LINK If the port is operational (a signal is detected), the LED is
green.
If the link has been disabled by software, the LED is
orange.
If the link is bad (has been disabled by a hardware failure),
the LED flashes orange.
If no signal is detected, the LED is off.
100 Mbps When green, the port is operating at 100 Mbps. If the LED
is off, the port is operating at 10 Mbps.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 17-3
Chapter 17 Eight-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port 10/100Base-T Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


17-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 18
16-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet
Interface Modules

This chapter describes the 16-port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet interface module
supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules, page 18-1
• Cabling 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules, page 18-2

About 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8540 supports a 16-port 10/100BASE-T interface module. The
16-port 10/100BASE-T interface module is available with either 16 KB or 64 KB
of memory, which is used by the routing tables.

Interface Ports Supported


Table 18-1 identifies the maximum number of interface ports supported in
each system.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 18-1
Chapter 18 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules

Table 18-1 Maximum Number of Interface Ports Supported

Max. No. of Interface


System Ports Supported
Catalyst 8540 MSR 128 Ethernet
Catalyst 8540 CSR 128 Ethernet

Figure 18-1 shows a 16-port 10/100BASE-T interface module.

Figure 18-1 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module

C85FE-16F_16K

14364
0-3
4-7
1
8-1 5
10/100 Base Tx -1
12
FAST ETHERNET MODULE
LK 0 FP LK 1 FP LK 2 FP LK 3 FP
4 5
LK SP LK SP
6 7
LK SP LK SP 8 9 10
LK SP LK SP
11
LK SP LK SP 12 13 14
LK SP 15
LK SP LK SP LK SP
LK SP LK SP LK SP LK SP

Connections Supported
The 16-port 10/100BASE-T interface module provides connections for category 5
UTP using RJ-45 connectors.

Cabling 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the 16-port
10/100BASE-T interface module that provides 10-Mbps or 100-Mbps Layer 2 or
Layer 3 unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) connections. It provides full-duplex or
half-duplex connections and Fast EtherChannel operation.

Note Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” lists cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


18-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 18 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules

16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module Connectors


To connect the 16-port 10/100BASE-T interface module to an external device, use
RJ-45 connectors. (See Figure 18-2.)

Figure 18-2 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Connections and LEDs

C85FE-16T_16K

3
0-

17119
10/100 Base Tx 2 3
1
FAST ETHERNET MODULE
SP

SP

SP

SP
LK

LK

LK

LK
Note See the “RJ-45 Connector Pinouts” section on page B-11 for more RJ-45
connector information.

16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module LEDs


Figure 18-2 shows the LEDs for the 16-port 10/100BASE-T interface module.
Table 18-2 describes the LEDs.

Table 18-2 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED State Description


Lk Green Port is operational (a signal is detected).
Off No signal is detected.
Sp Green Port is operating at 100 Mbps.
Off Port is operating at 10 Mbps.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 18-3
Chapter 18 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling 16-Port 10/100BASE-T Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


18-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 19
Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet
Interface Modules

This chapter describes the eight-port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet interface


module supported by the Catalyst 8510 CSR. This chapter includes the following
sections:
• About Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules, page 19-1
• Cabling Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules, page 19-2

About Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8510 CSR switch router supports an eight-port 100BASE-FX
interface module that provides 100-Mbps Layer 2 or Layer 3 fiber-optic
connections.

Interface Ports Supported


The Catalyst 8510 CSR supports a maximum number of 32 interface ports on the
eight-port interface module. Figure 19-1 shows an eight-port 100BASE-FX
interface module.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 19-1
Chapter 19 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules

Figure 19-1 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module

11402
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
100 Base Fx 100Mbps Tx
100Mbps Tx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE 100Mbps Tx
0 LINK Rx
1 LINK Rx
2 LINK Rx
3 LINK Rx
4 LINK Rx
5 LINK Rx
6 LINK Rx
7 LINK Rx

Connections Supported
The eight-port 100BASE-FX interface module provides 100-Mbps connections.
It also supports full-duplex or half-duplex connections and Fast EtherChannel
operation. It has eight multimode fiber ports with SC-type connectors.

Cabling Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the eight-port
100BASE-FX interface module.

Note Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” lists cabling requirements.

Interface Module Connectors


To connect the eight-port 100BASE-FX interface module to an external device,
use SC-type connectors. (See Figure 19-2.)

Figure 19-2 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Connections and LEDs


100Mbps Tx
43163

10/100 BASE-FX
FAST ETHERNET MODULE LINK Rx
0

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


19-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 19 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more SC-type
connector information.

Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module LEDs


Figure 19-2 shows the LEDs for the eight-port 100BASE-FX interface module.
Table 19-1 describes the LEDs.

Table 19-1 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED Description
Rx (Receive) When a port is receiving the packet, the
LED is green for approximately 50 ms;
otherwise, it is off.
Tx (Transmit) When a port is transmitting a packet, the
LED is green for approximately 50 ms;
otherwise, it is off.
LINK If the port is operational (a signal is
detected), the LED is green.
If the link has been disabled by software,
the LED is orange.
If the link is bad (it has been disabled by a
hardware failure), the LED flashes orange.
If no signal is detected, the LED is off.
100 Mbps When green, the port operates at
100 Mbps. If the LED is off, the port
operates at 10 Mbps.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 19-3
Chapter 19 Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


19-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 20
16-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet
Interface Modules

This chapter describes the 16-port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet interface module
supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About 16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules, page 20-1
• Cabling 16-port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules, page 20-2

About 16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8540 supports a 16-port 100BASE-FX interface module that
provides 100-Mbps Layer 2 or Layer 3 multimode fiber-optic connections. It
supports full-duplex connections and Fast EtherChannel operation. The 16-port
100BASE-FX interface module is available with 16 KB or 64 KB of memory,
which is used by the routing tables.

Interface Ports Supported


Table 20-1 identifies the maximum number of interface ports supported in
each system.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 20-1
Chapter 20 16-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling 16-port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules

Table 20-1 Maximum Number of Interface Ports Supported

Max. No. of Interface


System Ports Supported
Catalyst 8540 MSR 128 Ethernet
Catalyst 8540 CSR 128 Ethernet

Figure 20-1 shows a 16-port 100BASE-FX interface module.

Figure 20-1 16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module

14366
C85-FE-16_16K

TX
TX
TX TX
TX
RX TX TX
RX TX
RX RX TX TX
10/100 Base Fx RX
RX
TX
TX
NK RX TX
LI NK RX
LI
FAST ETHERNET MODULE LI
NK
LI
NK
NK
RX RX
RX
TX TX
LI NK RX
LI NK RX
LI NK
LI NK RX RX
LI NK
LI NK
LI NK
LI NK
LI
NK NK
LI LI

Connections Supported
The 16-port 100BASE-FX interface module provides 100-Mbps, multimode
fiber-optic connections. It supports full-duplex connections and Fast
EtherChannel operation. It has 16 multimode fiber ports that use MT-RJ
connectors.

Cabling 16-port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules


This section describes supported cabling configurations for the 16-port
100BASE-FX interface module.

Note Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” lists cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


20-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 20 16-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling 16-port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules

Interface Module Connectors


To connect the 16-port 100BASE-FX interface module to an external device, use
MT-RJ connectors. (See Figure 20-2.)

Figure 20-2 16-Port 100BASE-FX Connections and LEDs


C85FE-16F_16K

TX TX TX TX

RX RX RX RX

K K K K
LIN LIN LIN LIN

17118
100 Base Fx
FAST ETHERNET MODULE

Note See the “MT-RJ Ethernet Connector Pinouts” section on page B-13 for MT-RJ
connector information.

16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module LEDs


Figure 20-2 shows the LEDs for the 16-port 100BASE-FX interface module.
Table 20-2 describes the LEDs.

Table 20-2 16-Port 100BASE-FX Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED State Description


Tx (Transmit) Green Port is transmitting a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.
Rx (Receive) Green Port is receiving a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.
Link Green Port is operational (a signal is detected).
Off No signal is detected.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 20-3
Chapter 20 16-Port 100BASE-FX Fast Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling 16-port 100BASE-FX Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


20-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 21
One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules

This chapter describes the one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module supported
by the Catalyst 8510 CSR. This chapter includes the following sections:
• About One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 21-1
• Cabling One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 21-2

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

About One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8510 CSR switch router supports a single Gigabit Ethernet interface
module that provides 1000-Mbps Layer 2 or Layer 3 fiber-optic connections. The
one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module is available with either 16 KB or
64 KB of memory. Routing tables use this memory.

Interface Ports Supported


The one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module supports a maximum of one
interface port in the Catalyst 8510 CSR. Figure 21-1 shows a one-port Gigabit
Ethernet interface module.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 21-1
Chapter 21 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Figure 21-1 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module

14839
ET C
-D N
PT SY
O X
R TX

100Mbps Gigabit
ETHERNET Module
P K X
U N R
-D LI
LL
FU

Connections Supported
The one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module with GBIC technology for
flexible port interface types uses the following connections:
• Short wavelength multimode fiber
• Long wavelength multimode fiber
• Single mode fiber
• Gigabit Ethernet over UTP

Cabling One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface


Modules
This section describes supported cabling configurations for the one-port interface
module that provide 1000-Mbps multimode and single-mode fiber-optic
connections. It provides one Gigabit Ethernet port with Gigabit Interface
Converter (GBIC) modular transceivers and SC-type connectors.
The interface module supports GBIC modular transceivers and SC-type
fiber connectors.

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


21-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 21 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module Connectors


To connect the one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module to an external device,
use an SC-type connector for multimode and single-mode fiber-optic traffic. (See
Figure 21-2.)

Figure 21-2 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Connections and LEDs

C
ET
C85GE-1X-64K

N
-D

SY
PT

X-

TX
O

14840
100Mbps Gigabit
P

X
K
U

R
N

ETHERNET Module
-D

LI
LL
FU

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for SC-type connector
information. Figure 2-12 shows a GBIC.

One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs


Figure 21-2 shows the LEDs for the one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module.
Table 21-1 describes the LEDs.

Table 21-1 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs

LED Description
Rx-SYNC This LED reflects the synchronization of the link
negotiation process. It is steadily on when there is a
gigabit connection.
Tx (Transmit) When a port is transmitting a packet, the LED is
green for approximately 50 ms; otherwise, it is off.
Rx-LOSS This LED indicates the detection of an optical signal
from another Gigabit Ethernet device. It is steadily
on when there is a gigabit connection.
LINK-ON If the port is operational (a signal is detected), the
LED is green.
If no signal is detected, the LED is off.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 21-3
Chapter 21 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Table 21-1 One-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs (continued)

LED Description
Rx (Receive) When a port receives a packet, the LED is green for
approximately 50 ms; otherwise, it is off.
Rx-FULL This LED is on when the port is operating in
full-duplex mode, which is always the case for an
operational Gigabit Ethernet port.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


21-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 22
Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules

This chapter describes the two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules that are
supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 22-1
• Cabling Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 22-3

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

About Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8540 switch router supports a two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
module that has 1000-Mbps of Layer 2 or Layer 3 fiber-optic connections. It
provides two Gigabit Ethernet ports that have GBIC modular transceivers and
SC-type fiber connectors. The two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module is
available with 16 KB or 64 KB of memory. Routing tables use this memory.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 22-1
Chapter 22 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
About Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Interface Ports Supported


Table 22-1 identifies the maximum number of two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
ports supported in each system.

Table 22-1 Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max No of Two-Port
System Type Interface Ports
Catalyst 8540 MSR 16
Catalyst 8540 CSR 16

Figure 22-1 shows a two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module.

Figure 22-1 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module

23268
C85GE-2F-16K
ET

ET
P-D

P-D

TX
O

ET

ET
P-D

P-D

TX

GIGABITETHERNET
O

MODULE
PL -
EX

X
U L

LIN

R
D UL
F

PL -
EX

X
U L

LIN

R
D UL
F

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


22-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 22 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Connections supported
The two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module with GBIC technology for
flexible port interface types provide the following connections:
• Short wavelength multimode fiber
• Long wavelength multimode fiber
• Single-mode fiber
• Gigabit Ethernet over UTP5

Cabling Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface


Modules
This section describes supported cabling configurations for the two-port interface
module. It provides two Gigabit Ethernet ports that have Gigabit Interface
Converter (GBIC) modular transceivers and SC-type fiber connectors.

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for cabling requirements.

Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module Connectors


To connect the two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module to an external device,
use an SC-type connector for multimode and single-mode fiber-optic traffic. (See
Figure 22-2.)

Figure 22-2 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Network Connections and LEDs

C85GE-2F-16K
ET

ET
D

D
P-

P-

TX
O

23270
PL -
EX

GIGABIT ENET MODULE


U L

R
D UL

LI
F

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 22-3
Chapter 22 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for SC-type connector
information. Figure 2-12 shows a GBIC.

Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the network connection. Figure 22-2
shows the LEDs for the two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module. Table 22-2
describes the LEDs.

Table 22-2 Two-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED State Description


Op-Det On An optical signal from another Gigabit
Ethernet module is detected. It is steadily on
when there is a Gigabit connection.
Off No Gigabit Ethernet optical signal is detected.
Tx (Transmit) Green A port is transmitting a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.
Full-Duplex On A port is operating in full-duplex mode,
which is always the case for an operational
Gigabit Ethernet port.
Link Green A port is operational (a signal is detected).
Off No signal is detected.
Rx (Receive) Green A port is receiving a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


22-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 23
Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules

This chapter describes the eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules that are
supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 23-1
• Cabling Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 23-3

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

About Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules


The Catalyst 8540 CSR supports an eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module
that provides 1000-Mbps Layer 2 or Layer 3 fiber-optic connections. The
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module is available with 16 KB, 64 KB, or
256 KB of memory. Routing tables use this memory.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 23-1
Chapter 23 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
About Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Note Local switching on the eight-port interface module provides non-blocking wire
speed between the ports on this module at Layer 2. Layer 3 data transfer has a
400 percent oversubscription factor.

Interface Ports Supported


Table 23-1 identifies the maximum number of eight-port Gigabit Ethernet
interface ports supported in each system.

Table 23-1 Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max No of Eight-Port
System Type Interface Ports
Catalyst 8540 MSR 64
Catalyst 8540 CSR 64

Figure 23-1 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module

23531
C85GE-8x-64K
S
U
AT
ST

1000BASE-X SWITCHING
MODULE

ET
EN

Connections supported
The eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module with GBIC technology for
flexible port interface types provides the following connections:
• Short wavelength multimode fiber
• Long wavelength multimode fiber
• Single-mode fiber
• Gigabit Ethernet over UTP

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


23-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 23 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Cabling Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface


Modules
This section describes supported cabling configurations for the eight-port
interface module. It provides eight Gigabit Ethernet ports that have Gigabit
Interface Converter (GBIC) modular transceivers and SC-type fiber connectors.

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for cabling requirements.

Eight Port Connectors


To connect the eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module to an external device,
use an SC-type connector for multimode and single-mode fiber-optic traffic. (See
Figure 23-2.)

Figure 23-2 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Connections and LEDs


C85GE-8x-64K
S
U
AT
ST

23532

1000BASE-X SWITCHING MODULE

LEDs

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more SC-type
connector information. Figure 2-12 shows a GBIC.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 23-3
Chapter 23 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs


The LEDs provide status information for the network connection. Figure 23-2
shows the LEDs for the eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface module. Table 23-2
describes the LEDs.

Table 23-2 Eight-Port Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED State Description


Status Green The system has passed internal self-tests and
diagnostic tests.
Red The system has failed internal self-tests and diagnostic
tests.
Orange The system is booting or a module is disabled.
(link) Green The Ethernet port is operational.
Off No signal is detected on the Ethernet port.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


23-4 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 24
Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
Interface Modules

This chapter describes the two-port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module
supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 24-1
• Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules, page 24-3

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

About Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface


Modules
The Catalyst 8540 supports a two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
module. It consists of two one-port Gigabit Ethernet port adapters attached to a
carrier module. The port adapters are not hot swappable, but the complete

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 24-1
Chapter 24 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
About Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

interface module is hot swappable. The interface module is full-duplex, supports


Fast EtherChannel operation, and provides built-in ACL functionality. It is
available with 16 KB, 64 KB, or 256 KB of memory.

Note The port adapters within the two-port interface modules must have matching
routing table memory. That is, if the ATM OC-12c port adapter has 64 KB of
routing table memory, the Gigabit Ethernet port adapter must have 64 KB of
routing table memory for the interface module to function properly.

Interface Ports Supported


Table 24-1 identifies the maximum number of two-port enhanced Gigabit
Ethernet interface ports supported in each system.

Table 24-1 Interface Ports Supported by System Type

Max No of Two-Port
System Type Enhanced Interface Ports
Catalyst 8540 MSR 16
Catalyst 8540 CSR 16

Figure 24-1 shows a two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module.

Figure 24-1 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module


32061

GIGABIT ETHERNET
16K
EX
PL -
U L
D UL
F
M

X
D

R
C

GIGABIT ETHERNET
16K
EX
PL -
U L
D UL
F
M

X
D

R
C
EC

ET

TX
P-D
X-S

O
R

EC

ET

TX
P-D
X-S

O
R

One-port Gigabit Ethernet One-port Gigabit Ethernet


port adapter port adapter

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


24-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 24 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Connections supported
The two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module with GBIC technology
for flexible port interface types use the following connections:
• Short wavelength multimode fiber
• Long wavelength multimode fiber
• Single-mode fiber
• Gigabit Ethernet over UTP

Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Interface Modules
This section describes supported cabling configurations for the enhanced two-port
interface module that provides 1000-Mbps multimode and single-mode
fiber-optic connections. It provides two Gigabit Ethernet ports that have Gigabit
Interface Converter (GBIC) modular transceivers and SC-type fiber connectors.
The port adapters have GBIC modular transceivers and SC-type fiber connectors.

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for cabling requirements.

Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module


Connectors
To connect the two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module to an
external device, use an SC-type connector for multimode and single-mode
fiber-optic traffic. (See Figure 24-2.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 24-3
Chapter 24 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Figure 24-2 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Connections and LEDs

EX
PL -
GIGABIT ETHERNET 16K

U L
D UL
F
K

X
N

R
LI

32062
C

ET

TX
N
SY

D
P-
X-

O
R
Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for SC-type connector
information. Figure 2-12 shows a GBIC.

Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LEDs


Figure 24-2 shows the LEDs for the two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
module. Table 24-2 describes the LEDs.
.
Table 24-2 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LED
Descriptions

LED State Description


Link Green A port is operational (a signal is detected).
Off No signal is detected.
Full-Duplex On A port is operating in full-duplex mode. This is
always the case for an operational Gigabit
Ethernet port.
Rx (Receive) Green A port is receiving a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.
Op-Det Green An optical signal from another Gigabit Ethernet
module is detected. It is steadily on when there is
a Gigabit connection.
Off No signal is detected.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


24-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 24 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Table 24-2 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module LED


Descriptions (continued)

LED State Description


Tx (Transmit) Green A port is transmitting a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.
Rx Sync Green A port is synchronized with the port from which it
is receiving data.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 24-5
Chapter 24 Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


24-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 25
ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit
Ethernet Interface Modules

This chapter describes the ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules that are supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules,
page 25-1
• Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules,
page 25-3

About ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Interface Modules
The Catalyst 8540 supports two ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
interface modules: the OC-3c and the OC-12c. These interface modules consist of
two port adapters that are attached to a carrier module. The port adapters are not
hot swappable, but the interface module as a whole is hot swappable. The ATM
OC-3c uplink or the OC-12c uplink port adapter resides on the left side of the
interface module and the one-port enhanced Ethernet Gigabit port adapter resides
on the right side. The OC-3c has 64 KB of routing table memory. The OC-12c has
64 KB or 256 KB of routing table memory.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 25-1
Chapter 25 ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
About ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Note Both port adapters within these interface modules must have matching routing
table memory. For example, if the ATM OC-12c uplink port adapter has 64 KB
of routing table memory, the enhanced Gigabit Ethernet port adapter must have
64 KB of routing table memory for the interface module to function properly.

Interface Ports Supported


Table 25-1 identifies the maximum number of interface ports supported in each
system.

Table 25-1 Maximum Number of Interface Ports Supported

Max. No. of Interface


System Ports Supported
Catalyst 8540 MSR 8
Catalyst 8540 CSR 8

Figure 25-1 shows an ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
module.

Figure 25-1 ATM OC-3c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module
32057

OCT-12 ATM SMF-IR 256k

M TX GGIGABIT EHTERNET 16K


AR -
AL K LL EX
FU UPL
LIN
TX RX D RX
RX C/D
NC
SY DET
TX RX RX- OP- TX

ATM OC-3c uplink Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


port adapter port adapter

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


25-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 25 ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Connections Supported
This combination of the OC-3c and the OC-12c port adapters provides an Ethernet
port for connection to, or within, a LAN and an ATM uplink port to a
metropolitan-area network (MAN). For more information on the enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet port adapter, see Chapter 24, “Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit
Ethernet Interface Modules.”

JATE Approval
The ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module meets the
Japan Approvals Institute for Telecommunications Equipment (JATE) approval.
See Table 25-2 for JATE approval details for the interface module.

Table 25-2 JATE Approvals for the ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
Interface Module

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems C85-1OC12SGE-64K L00-0121
Nihon Cisco Systems C85-1OC12SGE-256K L00-0121
Nihon Cisco Systems C85-1OC3SGE-64K L00-0120

Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Interface Modules
This section describes supported cabling configurations for the ATM uplink with
enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module.

Note Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” lists cabling requirements.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 25-3
Chapter 25 ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Interface Module Connectors


The ATM OC-3c uplink port adapter supports 155-Mbps multimode or
single-mode intermediate-reach fiber connections. It supports Fast EtherChannel
operation, uses SC-type connectors, and has built-in ACL functionality.
The ATM OC-12c uplink port adapter supports 622-Mbps multimode or
single-mode intermediate-reach fiber connections. It supports Fast EtherChannel,
SC-type connectors, and has built-in ACL functionality. (See Figure 25-2.)

Figure 25-2 ATM OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Connections
and LEDs
OC12 ATM SMF-IR 256K

M TX
AR
AL
C/
D RX

32058
TX RX

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more SC-type
connector information.

ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module


LEDs
Figure 25-2 shows the LEDs for the ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
interface module. Table 25-3 describes the LEDs.

Table 25-3 ATM OC-3c and OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
Interface Module LED Descriptions

LED State Description


Tx (Transmit) Green Port is transmitting a
packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


25-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 25 ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Table 25-3 ATM OC-3c and OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
Interface Module LED Descriptions (continued)

LED State Description


Rx (Receive) Green Port is receiving a
packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Off No signal is detected.
Alarm Red This alarm LED indicates
one of the following
conditions: LOS1, LOF2,
LOP3, AIS-L4, AIS-P5,
RDI-L6, RDI-P 7,
UNEQ-P8, PLM-P9, or
cell delineation error.
Off No error.
C/D (Carrier Detect) Green Carrier detect signal.
Off No carrier detect signal
detected.
1. LOS = Loss of signal
2. LOF = Loss of frame
3. LOP = Loss of pointer
4. AIS-L = Line alarm indication signal
5. AIS-P = Path alarm indication signal
6. RDI-L = Line remote defect indication
7. RDI-P = Path remote defect indication
8. UNEQ-P = Path unequipped
9. PLM-P = Path payload label mismatch

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 25-5
Chapter 25 ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling ATM Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


25-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 26
Packet-over-SONET Uplink with
Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules

This chapter describes the Packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced Gigabit


Ethernet interface modules that are supported by the following systems:
• Catalyst 8540 MSR
• Catalyst 8540 CSR
This chapter includes the following sections:
• About Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface
Modules, page 26-1
• Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
Interface Modules, page 26-3

About Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced


Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
The Packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
module consists of two port adapters attached to a carrier module. The port
adapters are not hot swappable, but the interface module as a whole is hot
swappable. The Packet-over-SONET OC-12c uplink port adapter resides on the

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 26-1
Chapter 26 Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
About Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

left side of the interface module and the one-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet port
adapter resides on the right side. It is available with 64 KB or 256 KB of memory.
Routing tables use this memory.

Note Both port adapters within this interface module must have matching routing table
memory. For example, if the Packet-over-SONET OC-12c POS port adapter has
64 KB of routing table memory, the enhanced Gigabit Ethernet port adapter must
have 64 KB of routing table memory for the interface module to function
properly.

Interface Ports Supported


Table 26-1 identifies the maximum number of interface ports supported in each
system.

Table 26-1 Maximum Number of Interface Ports Supported

Max. No. of Interface


System Ports Supported
Catalyst 8540 MSR 8
Catalyst 8540 CSR 8

Figure 26-1 shows a Packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


interface module.

Figure 26-1 Packet-over-SONET OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module

OCT-12 ATM SWF-MR 200k


32059

RX GGIGABIT EHTERNET 16K


C/D -
LL EX
K FU UPL
LIN
M TX
D RX
RX TX AR
AL nc
Sy DET
TX Rx- OP-
RX TX

Packet-over-SONET Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


port adapter port adapter

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


26-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 26 Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Connections Supported
The packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module
provides an Ethernet port for connection to, or within, LANs, and a POS uplink
port for connection to an ISP or MAN. For more information on the enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet port adapter, see the “About Two-Port Enhanced Gigabit
Ethernet Interface Modules” section on page 24-1.

JATE Approval
The packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module
meets the Japan Approvals Institute for Telecommunications Equipment (JATE)
approval. See Table 26-2 for JATE approval details for the interface module.

Table 26-2 JATE Approvals for the Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module

Applicant Name Model No. Approval No.


Nihon Cisco Systems C85-POSOC12I-64K L00-0147
Nihon Cisco Systems C85-POSOC12I-256K L00-0147

Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced


Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
This section describes supported cabling configurations for the
packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface module.

Interface Module Connectors


The packet-over-SONET OC-12c uplink port adapter supports 622-Mbps
single-mode intermediate and long-reach fiber connections. The
packet-over-SONET OC-12c uplink port adapter is a serial link, uses SC-type
connectors, and has built-in ACL functionality. (See Figure 26-2.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 26-3
Chapter 26 Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Figure 26-2 Packet-over-SONET OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Connections and LEDs
OC12 POS SMF-IR 64K

D RX
C/

M TX
AR

32060
RX TX AL

Note See Appendix B, “Connectors and Connector Pinouts,” for more SC-type
connector information.

Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Interface Module LEDs
Figure 26-2 shows the LEDs for the packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet interface module. Table 26-3 describes the LEDs.

Table 26-3 Packet-over-SONET OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Interface Module LEDs

LED State Description


Rx (Receive) Green; otherwise, it is off Receiving a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
Tx (Transmit) Green; otherwise, it is off Transmitting a packet. Green for
approximately 50 ms.
C/D (Carrier Green Carrier detect signal is received.
Detect)
Off Carrier detect signal is not
received.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


26-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 26 Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

Table 26-3 Packet-over-SONET OC-12c Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet


Interface Module LEDs (continued)

LED State Description


Alarm Red Indicates one of the following:
LOS1, LOF2, LOP3, AIS-L4,
AIS-P5, RDI-L6, RDI-P7,
UNEQ-P8, or PLM-P9.
Off No error.
1. LOS = loss of signal
2. LOF = loss of frame
3. LOP = loss of pointer
4. AIS-L = line alarm indication signal
5. AIS-P = path alarm indication signal
6. RDI-L = line remote defect indicator
7. RDI-P = path remote defect indicator
8. UNEQ-P = path unequipped code
9. PLM-P = path payload label mismatch

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 26-5
Chapter 26 Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules
Cabling Packet-over-SONET Uplink with Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Interface Modules

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


26-6 78-10891-03
C H A P T E R 27
ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module

This chapter describes the ATM traffic-shaping carrier module (TSCAM)


supported in the following systems:
• Catalyst 8510 MSR
• LightStream 1010 ATM

Note The ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module is not supported in the Catalyst 8540
MSR, Catalyst 8540 CSR, Catalyst 8510 CSR or the Catalyst 5500. TSCAM is
available on Cisco IOS Release 12.1(7a)EY or a later release of 12.1 EY.

This chapter includes the following sections:


• About the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
• Hardware and Software Requirements

About the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module


The ATM traffic-shaping carrier module (TSCAM) offers the following features:
• Traffic-shaping on the following port adapters:
– OC-3c
– T1
– E1
– DS3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 27-1
Chapter 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
About the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module

– OC-12
• Up to four TSCAMs per switch router
• Online insertion and removal (OIR) of the TSCAM and the port adapters
• Traffic-shaping for variable rate bit (VBR) and best-effort traffic
• Traffic-shaping for a maximum of four traffic classes
• Functionality for up to 32,000 virtual circuits (VCs)
• An aggregate bandwidth of OC-12 (622 Mbps)
The ATM traffic-shaping carrier module (TSCAM) augments the current
traffic-shaping capabilities of the Catalyst 8510 MSR switch router and the
LightStream 1010 switch router by providing variable bit rate (VBR) and
best-effort traffic-shaping capabilities for up to 32,000 virtual circuits with an
aggregate bandwidth of one OC-12 (622 Mbps). Traffic is distributed across a
maximum of four logical ports. The traffic shaper shapes the streams of cells sent
over virtual circuits so that they conform to bandwidth parameters, and do not
exceed the expected flow into the network. The TSCAM does this by temporarily
holding cells in buffers (256K maximum), and dispersing them as bandwidth
parameters allow on the outgoing connection. The TSCAM helps ensure that cells
do not exceed the maximum traffic-flow parameters established between private
and public networks to avoid dropping of cells.

Connections Supported
An example of how the ATM traffic-shaping carrier module might work in a
network is shown in Figure 27-1. In this example, the TSCAM is in a Catalyst
8510 MSR switch router that is on the edge of a private enterprise network
connected to a public ATM network. The TSCAM helps ensure that the maximum
number of cells get through to the public network.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


27-2 78-10891-03
Chapter 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
About the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module

Figure 27-1 TSCAM on an Enterprise Private Network

Layer 3 switches

Public
Enterprise ATM
Private
Network
Cisco 7xxx UPC
routers Drop/Tag

TSCAM Public UNI

55886
Catalyst 8510
MSR Switch Router

For the T1, E1, and DS3 port adapters, a maximum of four traffic classes can be
shaped. For example, if only VBR traffic is shaped, traffic-shaping for VBR can
be configured on a maximum of four ports. If VBR traffic and best-effort traffic
is shaped on a port, a maximum of two such ports can be configured. For the
OC-3c port adapter, a maximum of three traffic classes can be shaped, and for the
OC-12 port adapter, only one traffic class can be shaped.
The TSCAM occupies a full slot on the switch router and accommodates up to two
port adapter modules, but traffic shaping can only be enabled on the port adapter
module located in subslot 0 (Figure 27-2).

Note The capability of up to four shaped ports is available to the left port adapter
module (subslot 0), while the right port adapter module (subslot 1) will always
remain unshaped.

Figure 27-2 Traffic Shaping on Subslot 0 of Port Adapter Module in Slot 0

Subslot 0 Subslot 1
57822

Carrier module

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 27-3
Chapter 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
Hardware and Software Requirements

The TSCAM schedules the constant bit rate (CBR), VBR, and best-effort traffic
classes in a strict priority in which CBR is the highest priority and best effort is
the lowest priority. The best-effort traffic class includes UBR, available bit rate
(ABR), and UBR+ service categories. When traffic-shaping is disabled for all the
traffic classes on a port, all the traffic from that port is switched unaltered as if it
were a single connection at the highest priority.
Any changes to shaping configurations can be supported across switch reloads
only. Changes to shaping configurations can be made effective in the hardware,
either by saving the configuration to NVRAM and reloading the switch or by
performing online insertion and removal (OIR) of the port adapter module in
subslot 0 or of the whole TSCAM.

Note Traffic-shaping in the TSCAM is disabled by default.

Note Traffic-shaping configurations do not apply to regular virtual path (VP) tunnels
defined on that interface, except in the case of unspecified bit rate (UBR) VP
tunnels. For example, when best-effort traffic-shaping is enabled on a physical
interface, all the UBR VP tunnels defined on that interface will be shaped to their
peak cell rate (PCR), but individual virtual circuits within those VP tunnels will
not be shaped.

Hardware and Software Requirements


The TSCAM has several hardware and software requirements and restrictions as
stated below.

Note Refer to the “Installing and Removing Modules” section on page 2-1 for
information on installing or removing a TSCAM, and port adapters. To configure
your TSCAM, refer to the “Configuring the ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier
Module” chapter of the appropriate Cisco IOS Release ATM and Layer 3 Quick
Software Configuration Guide.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


27-4 78-10891-03
Chapter 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
Hardware and Software Requirements

Hardware Requirements
The following hardware requirements and restrictions apply:
• Requires an ATM switch processor (ASP) with per-flow queuing feature card
(ASP FC-PFQ)
• Up to four TSCAMs per switch router
• Online insertion and removal (OIR) of the TSCAM, and port adapters
• Traffic-shaping functionality only applied to ports on subslot 0
• Accommodates OC-3c, T1, E1, DS3, or OC-12 port adapters only (Refer to
the appropriate port adapter chapter for cabling information.)
• Not compatible with the ATM switch processor (ASP) with per-class queuing
feature card (ASP FC-PCQ)

Note The TSCAM power supply operates at 27 watts, and each PAM power supply
operates at 27 watts. For additional system specifications, such as dimensions and
weight, refer to Appendix A, “ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications”.

Software Requirements
The following software restrictions apply:
• Well-known VCs on an interface that are enabled for VBR traffic shaping will
be shaped automatically at the maximum cell rate of that interface. Currently,
there are no configurable options available to change this behavior.
• Changes to shaping configurations can be made effective in the hardware,
either by saving the configuration to NVRAM and reloading the switch or by
performing online insertion and removal (OIR) of the port adapter module in
subslot 0 or of the whole TSCAM.
• TAG virtual circuits and multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) virtual
circuits are not currently supported.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 27-5
Chapter 27 ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
Hardware and Software Requirements

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


27-6 78-10891-03
A P P E N D I X A
ATM and Layer 3 Module
Specifications

This appendix describes the specifications for route processors, switch


processors, port adapters, carrier modules, and interface modules used in ATM
and Layer 3 systems. This appendix includes the following sections:
• Component Specifications, page A-2
• Agency Approvals, page A-4
• Heat Dissipation and Watts, page A-5
• Module Part Numbers, page A-7
• Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances, page A-13
• GBIC Cable Distances and Modal Bandwidths, page A-16
• Fiber-Optic Power Levels, page A-18

Note All information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3 platforms, unless
differences between the platforms or individual systems are noted in the text.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-1
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Component Specifications

Component Specifications
Table A-1 lists component specifications and standards compliance information
for route processors, switch processors, port adapters, carrier modules, and
interface modules used in the ATM and Layer 3 switch routers.

Table A-1 Component Specifications

Description Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) Route processor: 1.2 x 14.4 x 16 in (3.0 x 36.6 x 40.6 cm)
Switch processor: 1.2 x 14.4 x 16 in. (3.0 x 36.6 x 40.6 cm)
Port adapter: 1.2 x 6.5 x 10 in. (3.0 x 16.5 x 25.4 cm)
Carrier module: 1.2 x 14.4 x 16 in. (3.0 x 36.6 x 40.6 cm)
Interface module: 1.2 x 14.4 x 16 in. (3.0 x 36.6 x 40.6 cm)
Interface module (OC-48c): 2.37 x 14.4 x 16.26 in.
(3.0 x 36.6 x 40.6 cm)
Weight Route Processor: 6.85 lb (3.09 kg)
Switch processor: 3.55 lb. (1.60 kg)
Port adapter (approximately): 1.10 lb (0.50 kg)
Carrier module: 3.55 lb (1.60 kg)
Interface module: 3.55 lb (1.60 kg)
Route processor capacity Catalyst 8540 CSR: 40-Gbps
Catalyst 8540 MSR: 20-Gbps
Catalyst 8510 CSR: 10-Gbps
Catalyst 8510 MSR: 5-Gbps
LightStream 1010: 5-Gbps
Catalyst 5500: 5-Gbps
Route processor microprocessor 100-MHz MIP1 R4700

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-2 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Component Specifications

Table A-1 Component Specifications (continued)

Description Specifications
Route processor memory 16 MB Flash memory SIMM2
Catalyst 8500 CSR 256 KB boot EPROM3
128 KB SRAM4
8-, 16-, or 20-MB Intel series 2+ Flash PC Cards
Catalyst 8540 CSR: 256 MB DRAM5
Catalyst 8510 CSR: 64 MB DRAM
Route processor memory 8-MB Flash memory SIMM
Catalyst 8500 MSR, Lightstream 1010, 32 MB DRAM default for FC-PCQ
and Catalyst 5500 64 MB DRAM default for FC-PFQ
256 KB boot EPROM
128 KB SRAM
8-, 16-, or 20 MB Intel Series 2+ Flash PC Card
Operating temperature 32 to122° F (0 to 50° C)
Nonoperating temperature –40 to 167° F (–40 to 75° C)
Humidity 10 to 90%, noncondensing
Altitude –500 to 10,000 ft (–52 to 3048 m)
Interface timing Loop timing, Stratum 4 accuracy clock for self-timing;
synchronous, SRTS6, or adaptive clocking for CBR7 traffic
Interface ports RJ-45 IEEE 802.3 Ethernet 10BaseT port
DB-25 console port for an administration workstation
MIBs SNMP8MIB II (RFC 1213), Interface table MIB (RFC 1573),
CISCO-CDP-MIB, CISCO-BRIDGE-MIB
1. MIP = MultiChannel Interface Processor
2. SIMM = single in-line memory module
3. EPROM = erasable programmable read-only memory
4. SRAM = static random-access memory
5. DRAM = dynamic random-access memory
6. SRTS = synchronous residual time stamp
7. CBR = constant bit rate
8. SNMP = Simple Network Management Protocol

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-3
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Agency Approvals

Agency Approvals
Table A-2 lists the agency approvals and electromagnetic interference (EMI)
specifications for the ATM and Layer 3 systems.

Table A-2 Regulatory Compliance Standards for the ATM and Layer 3 Systems

Description System Specifications


Compliance ATM CE Marking
Layer 3
Safety ATM UL 19501, 21CFR1040 2, CSA 950 3, EN60825,
IEC609504, IEC 60325, AS/NZS 3260 5,
Layer 3
EN 609506, TS 001 7,
EMC standards ATM With UTP cables:
Layer 3 • FCC Part 15 Class A (CFR 47, Part 15)
• CISPR 22 Class A
• EN 55022 Class A
• VCCI Class A
• AS/NZS 3548 Class A
With FTP cables:
• EN 55022 Class B
• CISPR 22 Class B
• VCCI Class B
• ENSS024
• ENS0082-1 (1997)
1. UL = Underwriters Laboratories
2. CFR = Code of Federal Regulations
3. CSA = Canadian Standards Association
4. IEC = International Electrotechnical Commission
5. AS/NZS = Australia/New Zealand Standards
6. EN = European Norm
7. TS = Technical Standard

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-4 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Heat Dissipation and Watts

Heat Dissipation and Watts


Table A-3 lists the heat dissipation and watts for the ATM and Layer 3 port
adapters and interface modules.The following numbers are based on a 48VDC as
the reference for the current.

Table A-3 Module Power Consumption

Port Adapters and Interface Modules Product Number Heat Dissipation


Current Watts
25-Mbps port adapters C85MS-ATM25-4P 0.2A 9.6W
WAI-ATM25-12P
155-Mbps port adapters WAI-OC-3-4MM 0.2A 9.6W
WAI-OC-3-4SM
WAI-OC3-1S3M
WAI-C3-4U5
16-port OC-3c interface modules C85MS-16F-OC3MM 0.4A 19.2W
C85MS-16F-OC3SM
622-Mbps port adapters WAI-OC12-1SM 0.2A 9.6W
WAI-OC12-1MM
Four-port OC-12c interface module C85MS-4F-OC12SS 0.5A 24W
C85MS-4F-OC12MM
OC-48c (1 OC-48c plus 4 OC-12c port or C85MS-2F-OC48LR 1.7A 81.6W
2 OC-48c port) interface modules C85MS-1F4S-OC48LR
C85MS-2F-OC48SS
C85MS-1F4S-OC48SS
C85MS-1F4M-OC48SS
T1 and E1 port adapters WAI-E1-4RJ48 0.2A 9.6W
WAI-T1-4RJ48
WAI-E1-4BNC
Eight-port T1 and E1 IMA port adapters C85MS-8T1-IMA 0.4A 19.2W
C85MS-8E1-IMA-120
CE1 Frame Relay port adapters C85MS-4E1-FRRJ48 0.2A 9.6W

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-5
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Heat Dissipation and Watts

Table A-3 Module Power Consumption (continued)

Port Adapters and Interface Modules Product Number Heat Dissipation


Current Watts
CES T1 and E1 port adapters WAI-E1C-4BNC 0.2A 9.6W
WAI-E1C-4RJ48
WAI-T1C-4RJ48
DS3 and E3 port adapters WAI-T3-2BNC 0.2A 9.6W
WAI-T3-4BNC
WAI-E3-2BNC
WAI-E3-4BNC
CDS3 Frame Relay port adapters C85MS-1DS3-FRBNC 0.2A 9.6W
Enhanced Catalyst 8540 ATM Router C8540-ARM2 1.5A 72W
Module1
Catalyst 8540 ATM Router Module2 C8540-ARM 1.5A 72W
3, 4
Catalyst 8510 ATM Router Module C8510-ARM 0.5A 24W
Two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface C85GE-2X-16K 2A 96W
modules C85GE-2X-64K
Eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface C85GE-8X-64K 3A 144W
modules
Two-port Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet C85GE-2X-16K 2A 96W
interface modules C85EGE-2X-64K
C85EGE-2X-256K
One-port Gigabit Ethernet interface C85GE-1X-16K 0.4A 19.2W
modules C85GE-1X-64K
16-port 10/100BASE-T interface C85FE-16T-16K 2A 96W
modules C85FE-16T-64K
Eight-port 10/100BASE-T interface C85FE-8T-16K 0.4A 19.2W
modules C85FE-8T-64K
16-port 100BASE-FX interface modules C85FE-16F-16K 1.7A 81.6W
C85FE-16F-64K
Eight-port 100BASE-FX interface C85FE-8F-16K 1A 48W
modules C85FE-8F-64K

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-6 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Module Part Numbers

Table A-3 Module Power Consumption (continued)

Port Adapters and Interface Modules Product Number Heat Dissipation


Current Watts
OC-3c or OC-12c ATM uplink with C85-10C12SGE-256K 2A 96W
enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface C85-1OC12MGE-256K
modules C85-10C12MGE-64K
C85-10C3GE-64K
OC-12c Packet-over-SONET uplink with C85-POSOC12I-64K 2A 96W
enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface C85-POSOC12I-256K
modules C85-POSOC12L-64K
C85-POSOC12L-256K
1. Two internal ports, Ethernet processor interface.
2. Two internal ports, Gigabit processor interface.
3. One internal port. The ATM router module is not supported on the Catalyst 5500.
4. The LightStream 1010 system software image does not include support for the ATM router module or Layer 3
features. You can download the Catalyst 8510 MSR image to a LightStream 1010 ATM switch router with ASP-C
and FC-PFQ installed.

Module Part Numbers


Table A-4 lists the component number, type of ports, and their part numbers for
the ATM and Layer 3 systems.

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
Catalyst 8540 route 1 Ethernet RJ-45 C8541CSR-RP
processor
Catalyst 8540 1 Ethernet RJ-45 C8545MSR-MRP4CLK
multiservice route
processor
Catalyst 8540 1 Ethernet RJ-45 C8545MSR-MRP3CLK
multiservice route
processor stratum 3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-7
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Module Part Numbers

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers (continued)

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
Catalyst 8510 CSR 1 Ethernet RJ-45 C8510-SRP
Route Processor
Catalyst 8510 MSR 1 Ethernet RJ-45 C8515-MSRP
Route Processor
Route Processor 1 Ethernet RJ-45 C8515-MSRP
(Catalyst 8510 MSR)
LightStream 1010 1 Ethernet RJ-45 L1010-ASP-C-FC1
Route Processor with
FC-Per-Class Queuing
LightStream 1010 1 Ethernet RJ-45 L1010-ASP-C-FCPFQ
Route Processor with
FC-Per-Flow Queuing
Catalyst 8540 CSR — — C8542CSR-SP
Switch Processors
Catalyst 8540 MSR — — C8546MSR-MSP-FCL
Switch Processor
25-Mbps port adapter 4 25-Mbps ports RJ-45 connectors C85MS-ATM25-4P
12 25-Mbps ports RJ-45 connectors WAI-ATM25-12P
155-Mbps port adapter 4 SONET STS-3c/SDH SC connectors WAI-OC-3-4MM
STM-1 multimode fiber
ports
4 SONET STS-3c/SDH SC connectors WAI-OC-3-4SM
STM-1 single-mode fiber
ports1
4 SONET STS-3c/SDH SC connectors WAI-OC3-1S3M
STM-1:
1 single-mode,
3 multimode fiber ports
4 SONET STS-3c/SDH RJ-45 connectors WAI-C3-4U5
STM-1 UTP-5 ports

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-8 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Module Part Numbers

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers (continued)

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
16-port OC-3c interface 16 SONET STS-3c/SDH MT-RJ connectors C85MS-16F-OC3MM
module STM-1 multimode/single C85MS-16F-OC3SM
mode fiber port
622-Mbps port adapter 1 SONET STS-12c/SDH SC connectors WAI-OC12-1SM
STM-4c single-mode fiber
port1
1 SONET STS-12c/SDH SC connectors WAI-OC12-1MM
STM-4c multimode fiber
port
Four-port OC-12c 4 SONET STS-12c/SDH Dual SC connectors C85MS-4F-OC12SS
interface module STM-4c single-mode fiber
port
4 SONET STS-12c/SDH Dual SC connectors C85MS-4F-OC12MM
STM-4c multimode fiber
port

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-9
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Module Part Numbers

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers (continued)

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
OC-48c interface 2 SONET STS-48c/SDH Dual SC connectors C85MS-2F-OC48LR
module STM-16c C85MS-1F4S-OC48LR
single-mode fiber port
2 SONET STS-48/SDH Dual SC connectors C85MS-2F-OC48SS
STM-16c
single-mode fiber port
1 SONET STS-48c/SDH Dual SC connectors C85MS-1F4S-OC48SS
STM-16c
single-mode fiber port
4 SONET STS-12c/SDH Dual SC connectors
STM-4c
single-mode fiber port
1 SONET STS-48c/SDH Dual SC connectors C85MS-1F4M-OC48SS
STM-16c
single-mode fiber port
4 SONET STS-12c/SDH Dual SC connectors
STM-4c
multimode fiber port
T1 and E1 port adapters 4 E1 trunk ports RJ-48 connectors WAI-E1-4RJ48
4 T1 trunk ports RJ-48 connectors WAI-T1-4RJ48
4 E1 trunk ports BNC connectors WAI-E1-4BNC
Eight-port T1 and E1 8 T1 ports RJ-48 connectors C85MS-8T1-IMA
IMA port adapter 8 E1 ports RJ-48 connectors C85MS-8E1-IMA-120
CE1 Frame Relay port 4 CE1 ports RJ-48c connectors C85MS-4E1-FRRJ48
adapter
CES T1 and E1 port 4 E1 CES ports BNC connectors WAI-E1C-4BNC
adapters 4 E1 CES ports RJ-48 connectors WAI-E1C-4RJ48
4 T1 CES ports RJ-48 connectors WAI-T1C-4RJ48

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-10 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Module Part Numbers

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers (continued)

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
DS3 and E3 port 2 DS3 ports BNC connectors WAI-T3-2BNC
adapters 4 DS3 ports BNC connectors WAI-T3-4BNC
2 E3 ports BNC connectors WAI-E3-2BNC
4 E3 ports BNC connectors WAI-E3-4BNC
CDS3 port adapter 1 DS3 Frame Relay port BNC connectors C85MS-1DS3-FRBNC
Enhanced Catalyst 8540 2 256 KB Ethernet processor — C8540-ARM2
MSR ATM Router ports (internal)
Module
Catalyst 8540 ATM 2 64 KB Gigabit processor — C8540-ARM
Router Module ports (internal)
Catalyst 8510 MSR 1 64 KB Gigabit processor — C8510-ARM
ATM Router Module port (internal)
Eight-port Gigabit 8-port GE 64 KB SC-type C85GE-8X-64K
Ethernet interface
module
Two-port Gigabit 2-port GE 16 KB SC-type C85GE-2X-16K
Ethernet interface 2-port GE 64 KB SC-type C85GE-2X-64K
module

Two-port Gigabit 2-port GE 16 KB with ACL SC-type C85GE-2XACL-16K


Ethernet with ACL 2-port GE 64 KB with ACL SC-type C85GE-2XACL-64K
Two-port enhanced 2-port GE 16 KB SC-type C85GE-2X-16K
Gigabit Ethernet 2-port GE 64 KB SC-type C85EGE-2X-64K
interface module
2-port GE 256 KB SC-type C85EGE-2X-256K
One-port Gigabit 1-port GE 16 KB SC-type C85GE-1X-16K
Ethernet interface 1-port GE 64 KB SC-type C85GE-1X-64K
module
16-port 10/100BASE-T 16-port FE 16 KB RJ-45 C85FE-16T-16K
interface module 16-port FE 64 KB RJ-45 C85FE-16T-64K

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-11
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Module Part Numbers

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers (continued)

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
16-port 10/100BASE-T 16-port FE 16 KB with ACL RJ-45 C85FE-16TACL-16K
interface module with 16-port FE 64 KB with ACL RJ-45 C85FE-16TACL-64K
ACL
Eight-port 8-port FE 16 KB RJ-45 C85FE-8T-16K
10/100BASE-T 8-port FE 64 KB RJ-45 C85FE-8T-64K
interface module
16-port 100BASE-FX 16-port FE 16 KB MT-RJ C85FE-16F-16K
interface module 16-port FE 64 KB MT-RJ C85FE-16F-64K
16-port 100BASE-FX 16-port FE 16 KB with ACL MT-RJ C85FE-16FACL-16K
interface module with 16-port FE 64 KB with ACL MT-RJ C85FE-16FACL-64K
ACL
Eight-port 8-port FE 16 KB MT-RJ C85FE-8F-16K
100BASE-FX interface 8-port FE 64 KB MT-RJ C85FE-8F-64K
module
One-port ATM Uplink 1-port ATM OC-12 SMF-IR SC-type C85-10C12SGE-256K
with enhanced Gigabit Uplink + 1-port GE 256 KB
Ethernet interface 1-port ATM OC12 SMF-IR SC-type C85-10C12SGE-64K
modules (OC-3c and Uplink + 1-port GE 64 KB
OC-12c)
1-port ATM OC12 MMF SC-type C85-1OC12MGE-256K
Uplink + 1-port GE 256 KB
1-port ATM OC-12 MMF SC-type C85-10C12MGE-64K
Uplink + 1-port GE 64 KB
1-port ATM OC3 SMF-IR SC-type C85-10C3GE-64K
Uplink + 1-port GE 64 KB

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-12 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances

Table A-4 Port Adapter and Interface Module and Part Numbers (continued)

No. and
Component Type of Ports Connectors Part No.
One-port 1-port POS OC12 STM-4 SC-type C85-POSOC12I-64K
Packet-over-SONET SMF-IR + 1-port GE 64 KB
(POS) uplink with 1-port POS OC12 STM-4 SC-type C85-POSOC12I-256K
enhanced Gigabit SMF-IR + 1-port GE
Ethernet interface 256 KB
module (OC-12c)
1-port POS OC12 STM-4 SC-type C85-POSOC12L-64K
SMF-LR + 1-port GE 64 KB
1-port POS OC12 STM-4 SC-type C85-POSOC12L-256K
SMF-LR + 1-port GE
256 KB
1. Available in intermediate and long reach fiber

Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances


When you prepare your site for network connections to the switch router, consider
the distance limitations for each signal type and the cabling required for each type
of interface. Additional equipment needed might include transceivers, modems,
channel service units (CSUs) or data service units (DSUs). You might need
connections not provided by service providers, such as a network termination unit
(NTU) for T1, E1, DS3, and E3 port adapters.
The length of your networks and the distances between connections depends on
the type of signal, the signal speed, and the transmission media (the type of
cabling used to transmit the signals). For example, multimode fiber-optic cable
has a greater channel capacity than unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cabling.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-13
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances

Note The distances and rate limits in this appendix are the IEEE-recommended
maximum speeds and distances for signaling. However, you can get good results
at speeds and distances far greater than these if you understand and can
compensate for the electrical problems that might arise. Do so at your own risk.

Networking standards set recommended maximum distances between stations


using fiber-optic and UTP cable. The maximum distances for network segments
and connections depend on the type of transmission cable used; for example,
unshielded twisted-pair (UTP), foil twisted-pair (FTP), single-mode, or
multimode fiber-optic cable.
Table A-5 lists maximum station-to-station cabling distances and cable types for
port adapters and interface modules used in ATM and Layer 3 systems.

Table A-5 Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances

ATM Port Adapter and


Interface Module Cable Cabling Distance
25-Mbps Category 5 UTP cable 328 ft (100 m) with four or fewer
separate cable segments on the path
OC-3c, 155 Mbps Category 5 UTP cable 328 ft (100 m)
OC-3c, 155 Mbps 50/125-micron and 62.5/125-micron 1.2 miles (2 km)
multimode fiber
OC-3c, 155 Mbps 9/125 micron single-mode fiber, long 25 miles (40 km)
reach
OC-12c, 622 Mbps Single-mode fiber 9 miles (15 km)1
OC-12c, 622 Mbps 50/125-micron and 62.5/125-micron 1640 ft (500 m)
multimode fiber
OC-48c, 2488 Mbps Single-mode fiber, intermediate 9 miles (15 km)
reach intermediate reach
OC-48c, 2488 Mbps Single-mode fiber, long reach 50 miles (80 km)1
T1, 1.544 Mbps Category 5 twisted-pair 650 ft (198 m)
E1, 2.048 Mbps Category 5 twisted-pair and FTP 650 ft (198 m)
(120 ohms)
E1, 2.048 Mbps Coaxial cable (75 ohms) 650 ft (198 m)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-14 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances

Table A-5 Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances (continued)

ATM Port Adapter and


Interface Module Cable Cabling Distance
CE1, 2.048 Mbps Category 5 twisted-pair 650 ft (198 m)
CES T1 Category 5 twisted-pair and FTP 650 ft (198 m)
(5.5 dB attenuation at 772 kHz),
100-ohm, 24 AWG2, UTP cable with
RJ3-48c connectors
CES E1 Category 5 twisted-pair and FTP 820 ft (248.5 m)
(6 dB attenuation at 1024 kHz),
100 ohm, 24 AWG, UTP cable with
RJ-48c connectors
CES E1 Coaxial cable (75 ohms) 650 ft (198 m)
DS3, 45 Mbps Coaxial cable 450 ft (137 m)
E3, 34 Mbps Coaxial cable 1299 ft (396 m)
CDS3, 45 Mbps Coaxial cable 450 ft (137 m)
8-port Gigabit Ethernet Multimode or single-mode fiber 1640 ft (500 m) or 16404 ft (5 km)
2-port Gigabit Ethernet Multimode or single-mode fiber 1640 ft (500 m) or 16404 ft (5 km)
2-port enhanced Gigabit Multimode or single-mode fiber 1640 ft (500 m) or 16404 ft (5 km)
Ethernet
16-port 10/100BASE-T UTP cable 328 ft (100 m) with 4 or fewer
Ethernet separate cable segments on the path
16-port 100BASE-FX Multimode fiber 1640 ft (500 m)
Ethernet
1-port ATM OC-3c Multimode or single-mode fiber 1640 ft (500 m) or 16404 ft (5 km)
uplink
1-port ATM OC-12c Multimode or single-mode fiber 1640 ft (500 m) or 16404 ft (5 km)
uplink
1-port Single-mode fiber 16404 ft (5 km)
Packet-over-SONET
OC-12c uplink
8-port 10/100BASE-T UTP cable 328 ft (100 m) with 4 or fewer
Ethernet separate cable segments on the path

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-15
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
GBIC Cable Distances and Modal Bandwidths

Table A-5 Maximum Station-to-Station Cabling Distances (continued)

ATM Port Adapter and


Interface Module Cable Cabling Distance
8-port 100BASE-FX 50/125-micron and 62.5/125-micron 6562 ft (2 km)
Ethernet multimode fiber
1-port Gigabit Ethernet Multimode fiber 1640 ft (500 m)
1. If attaching a short cable to this port adapter or interface module, you must add 10 dB of attenuation to the cable, or the
transmitter might overdrive the receiver and introduce data errors.
2. AWG = American Wire Gauge
3. RJ = registered jack

GBIC Cable Distances and Modal Bandwidths


A GBIC has two pinouts: receive and transmit. The connectors are
multimode fiber or single-mode fiber. Table A-6 lists the cable distances and
modal bandwidth for GBICs.

Table A-6 GBIC Cable Distances and Modal Bandwidths

Modal
Wavelength Core Size Bandwidth
GBIC (nm1) Fiber Type (microns) (MHz2-km) Cable Distance
SX3,4 850 MMF 62.5 160 722 ft (200 m)
62.5 200 902 ft (275 m)
SMF 50.0 400 1620 ft (500 m)
50.0 500 1804 ft (550 m)
5
LX/LH 1300 MMF 62.5 500 1804 ft (550 m)
50.0 400 1804 ft (550 m)
50.0 5000 1804 ft (550 m)
6
SMF (LX/LH) 9/10 — 32,810 ft (10 km)
ZX7 1550 SMF Not conditional — 70 to 100 km
1. nm = nanometers
2. MHz-km = Signal bandwidth in MHz transmitted over a distance of 1 km

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-16 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
GBIC Cable Distances and Modal Bandwidths

3. SX = short wavelength
4. MMF = multimode fiber
5. LX/LH = long wavelength/long haul
6. SMF = single-mode fiber
7. ZX = extended distance

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-17
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Fiber-Optic Power Levels

Fiber-Optic Power Levels


Table A-7 lists fiber-optic power levels for port adapters and interface modules
used in ATM and Layer 3 systems. To attach long reach port adapters or interface
modules using single-mode fiber, measure the power level of the transmitter and
adjust it by using optical attenuators.

Caution Add a 10 dB attenuator at the interface to adjust the power level, or the transmitter
overdrives the receiver and introduces data errors.

Table A-7 Fiber-Optic Power Levels

Output Center
Port Wavelength Transmit Receive
1 2
OC-3c MM 1270 to 1380 nm Minimum: –19.0 dBm Minimum: –30.0 dBm
Maximum: –14.0 dBm Maximum: –14.0 dBm
OC-3c SM intermediate reach 1261 to 1360 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –31.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
OC-3c SM long reach 1285 to 1335 nm Minimum: –5.0 dBm Minimum: –34.0 dBm
Maximum: 0.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
OC-12c MM 1270 to 1380 nm Minimum: –20.0 dBm Minimum: –26.0 dBm
Maximum: –14.0 dBm Maximum: –14.0 dBm
OC-12c SM intermediate reach 1293 to 1334 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –3.0 dBm
OC-12c SM extended reach 1274 to 1356 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
OC-12c SM long reach 1280 to 1335 nm Minimum: –3.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: 2.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
OC-48c SM intermediate reach 1260 to 1360 nm Minimum: –5.0 dBm Minimum: –18.0 dBm
Maximum: 0.0 dBm Maximum: 0.0 dBm

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-18 78-10891-03
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Fiber-Optic Power Levels

Table A-7 Fiber-Optic Power Levels (continued)

Output Center
Port Wavelength Transmit Receive
OC-48c SM long reach 1500 to 1580 nm Minimum: –2.0 Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: 3.0 dBm Maximum:– 9.0 dBm
8-port Gigabit Ethernet 1261 to 1360 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
2-port Gigabit Ethernet 1261 to 1360 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
2-port enhanced Gigabit 1261 to 1360 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Ethernet
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
8-port 100BASE-FX 1261 to 1360 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
1-port Gigabit Ethernet 1261 to 1360 nm Minimum: –15.0 dBm Minimum: –28.0 dBm
Maximum: –8.0 dBm Maximum: –8.0 dBm
1. nm = nanometers
2. dBm = decibels per milliwatt

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 A-19
Appendix A ATM and Layer 3 Module Specifications
Fiber-Optic Power Levels

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


A-20 78-10891-03
A P P E N D I X B
Connectors and Connector Pinouts

This appendix lists the connectors and connector pinouts for the ATM and Layer 3
port adapters and interface modules to an external network. All pins not
specifically listed are not connected. This appendix includes the following
sections:
• Cable and Connector Types, page B-2
• ATM Network Connections, page B-6
• RJ-45 Connector Pinouts, page B-11
• RJ-48c Connector Pinouts, page B-12
• MT-RJ Ethernet Connector Pinouts, page B-13
• 96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts, page B-14
• 96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts, page B-16
• Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts, page B-21

Note Unless noted otherwise, all information pertains to both the ATM and Layer 3
platforms. Where appropriate, differences between the platforms or individual
systems are noted in the text.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-1
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
Cable and Connector Types

Cable and Connector Types


All interfaces are full duplex. Use the appropriate interface cable and connector
to connect multimode, single-mode, or UTP port adapters and interface modules
to an external network. For multimode or single-mode fiber-optic traffic, use
either SC-type or MT-RJ connectors. Use RJ-45 connectors to connect interfaces
to an external network for UTP traffic.
Table B-1 lists cable and connector types for the port adapters and interface
modules.

Warning To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line
cord.

Table B-1 Port Adapter and Interface Module Connector and CableTypes

Port Adapter or Number of


Interface Module Connector Type Cable Type Ports System Type
25-Mbps 96-pin Molex Category 5 UTP 4 or 12 ports Catalyst 8510 MSR
port adapter LightStream 1010
Catalyst 5500
1
155-Mbps UTP Category 5 UTP 4 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapter SC-type Single-mode fiber Catalyst 8510 MSR
Single-mode fiber, LightStream 1010
extended reach plus
Catalyst 5500
Single-mode fiber,
long reach
Multimode fiber

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-2 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
Cable and Connector Types

Table B-1 Port Adapter and Interface Module Connector and CableTypes (continued)

Port Adapter or Number of


Interface Module Connector Type Cable Type Ports System Type
OC-3c MT-RJ Category 5 UTP 16 ports Catalyst 8540
interface module Single-mode fiber
Single-mode fiber,
extended reach plus
Single-mode fiber,
long reach
Multimode fiber
622-Mbps SC-type Single-mode fiber 1 port Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapter
Single-mode, long Catalyst 8510 MSR
reach fiber LightStream 1010
Multimode fiber
Catalyst 5500
OC-12c SC-type Single-mode fiber 4 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
interface module
Single-mode, long
reach fiber
Multimode fiber
OC-48c SC-type Single-mode fiber, 1 or 2 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
interface module intermediate reach
Single-mode fiber,
long reach
T1 and E12, 3, 4
UTP Category 5 4 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapters twisted-pair
BNC Catalyst 8510 CSR
Category 5
LightStream 1010
twisted-pair and
FTP (120 ohms) Catalyst 5500
Coaxial cable
(75 ohms)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-3
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
Cable and Connector Types

Table B-1 Port Adapter and Interface Module Connector and CableTypes (continued)

Port Adapter or Number of


Interface Module Connector Type Cable Type Ports System Type
T1 and E1 IMA UTP RJ-45 UTP 8 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapters BNC Catalyst 8510 CSR
LightStream 1010
Catalyst 5500
CE1 frame relay UTP RJ-48c Category 5 4 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapter twisted-pair
BNC Catalyst 8510 CSR
LightStream 1010
Catalyst 5500
2, 3, 4
CES T1 and E1 RJ-48c Category 5 4 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapters BNC twisted-pair and Catalyst 8510 CSR
FTP
LightStream 1010
Category 5
twisted-pair and Catalyst 5500
FTP (120 ohms)
Coaxial cable
(75 ohms)
DS3 and E3 BNC RG-59 Coaxial 4 ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapters Catalyst 8510 CSR
LightStream 1010
Catalyst 5500
CDS3 Frame Relay BNC Coaxial 1 port Catalyst 8540 MSR
port adapter
Catalyst 8510 CSR
LightStream 1010
Catalyst 5500
Enhanced — — 2 internal ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
Catalyst 8540 ATM
router module

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-4 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
Cable and Connector Types

Table B-1 Port Adapter and Interface Module Connector and CableTypes (continued)

Port Adapter or Number of


Interface Module Connector Type Cable Type Ports System Type
Catalyst 8540 ATM — — 2 internal ports Catalyst 8540 MSR
router module
ATM router module — — 1 internal port Catalyst 8510 MSR
Eight-port Gigabit SC-type Multimode fiber 8 fiber ports Catalyst 8540
Ethernet
Two-port Gigabit SC-type Multimode fiber 2 fiber ports
Ethernet
Two-port enhanced SC-type Multimode fiber 2 fiber ports
Gigabit Ethernet
10/100BASE-T UTP RJ-45 Category 5 UTP 16 UTP ports Catalyst 8540
100BASE-FX MT-RJ Multimode fiber 16 fiber ports Catalyst 8540
Packet-over-SONET SC-type Multimode for 2 fiber ports Catalyst 8540
OC-12c uplink with Gigabit Ethernet or
enhanced Gigabit single-mode fiber
Ethernet for POS
ATM OC-12c and SC-type Multimode or 2 fiber ports
OC-3c uplink with single-mode fiber
enhanced Gigabit
Ethernet
One-port Gigabit SC-type Multimode fiber 1 fiber port Catalyst 8510
Ethernet
LightStream 1010
10/100BASE-T RJ-45 Category 5 UTP 8 UTP ports Catalyst 8510 CSR
100BASE- FX MT-RJ Multimode fiber 8 fiber ports Catalyst 8510 CSR
1. Table B-2 on page B-11 lists the signals for 155-Mbps UTP port adapters using RJ-45 connectors.
2. For T1/E1 and CES T1/E1 port adapters, use the RJ-45 connector to connect the port adapter with an external T1 channel
service unit (CSU).
3. Cabling T1/E1 and CES T1/E1 port adapters outside of the United States and Canada requires FTP cabling to meet EMI
requirements.
4. Table B-3 on page B-12 lists the signals for T1/E1 and CES T1/E1 port adapters using RJ-45 connectors.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-5
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
ATM Network Connections

ATM Network Connections


This section provides descriptions and examples of network connections used by
ATM port adapters and interface modules to connect to an external network.

E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 Connections


For E1, CES E1, DS3, E3, and CDS3 connections, use the 75-ohm and 120-ohm
(120 ohms in the RJ cables) RG-59 coaxial cable. It uses bayonet-style, twist-lock
(BNC) connectors to connect the port adapters with external ATM switch routers.
(See Figure B-1.)

Figure B-1 Coaxial Interface Cable and BNC Connectors

White insulator Ferrite beads White insulator

32755
You can use a 75-120-ohm adapter cable to obtain 75-ohm E1 BNC connections
on 120-ohm E1 port adapters. The adapter uses an eight-pin RJ-48c connector on
the 120-ohm side and dual BNC coax connectors (transmit and receive) on the
75-ohm side. (See Figure B-2.)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-6 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
ATM Network Connections

Figure B-2 75-120-ohm Adapter Cable

TX

RX

32732
RJ-48c

The 120-ohm E1 ports of your port adapter connect to the 75-120-ohm adapter
cable using RJ-48c connectors and Category 3 or Category 5 FTP cable with
120-ohm impedance. (See Figure B-3.)

Figure B-3 E1 Port Adapter Interface Cable and RJ-48c Connector

87654321
32753

RJ-48c connector

Connecting 75-120-ohm Adapter Cable


To connect the 75-120-ohm adapter cable between the port adapter and the
75-ohm unbalanced G.703 line (see Figure B-4), follow these steps:

Step 1 Attach the Category 3 or Category 5 FTP cable directly to the RJ-48c port on the
120-ohm E1 port adapter.

Note To comply with CE marking requirements, use FTP cable with 120-ohm
impedance.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-7
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
ATM Network Connections

Step 2 Attach the network end of your Category 3 or Category 5 cable to the 75-120-ohm
adapter cable.
Step 3 Attach the BNC connector of the 75-120-ohm adapter cable marked receive to the
network device connector marked transmit.
Step 4 Attach the BNC connector of the 75-120-ohm adapter cable marked transmit to
the network device connector marked receive.

Figure B-4 Connecting a 75-120-ohm Adapter Cable to a 120-ohm E1 Port


Adapter
0

7
R

IL
PW

FA
RX

RX

RX

RX
RX

RX

RX

RX

TX

TX

TX

TX
TX

TX

TX

TX

CD

CD

CD

CD
CD

CD

CD

CD

8E1-IMA-120

TX

32749
RX

E1, CES E1, and E3 Receive Port Capacitor Clips


This section discusses how to limit the electromagnetic interference (EMI)
susceptibility of the E1, CES E1, and E3 BNC connections. Networking
equipment is subject to problems due to the following EMI factors:
• Loss of grounding integrity
• EMI radiation from the port adapter or other installed boards

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-8 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
ATM Network Connections

• A circuit’s susceptibility to EMI radiated from other sources


A capacitor clip is available for use with BNC connectors to reduce the emissions
radiated from the receive (RX) port. (See Figure B-5.)
The capacitor clip has two spring-loaded clamps so that you can secure the device
over the mated BNC connectors on each RX port of a BNC connector. Detail A of
Figure B-5 shows how to install these clips.

Figure B-5 E1 Jumpers and Capacitor Clips for a CES E1 Port Adapter with BNC
Connectors

TX TX RX TX RX TX RX

RX CES E1 Port adapter (BNC)—Top view


Top view
of capacitor clip 75-ohm BNC coaxial cable
in place on RX
connectors (4)

Detail A Detail B
BNC coaxial cable

Spring-loaded
clips
Outer shield of E1 BNC
coaxial cable is tied
RX
Side view to ground when E1
of capacitor clip jumpers are in place
45923

in place on RX
connectors (4)

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-9
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
ATM Network Connections

Caution Compliance with European certification standards is contingent upon the use of
these capacitor clips on port adapters with BNC connectors.

Note These capacitor clips do not ship with port adapters. The Cisco Sytems capacitor
clip, part number CLP-ATM-EMI-BNC-E=, is no longer available from Cisco but,
comparable clips are available from multiple vendors.

Connecting the Switch Router to the Wiring Closet Patch Panel


To connect the switch router to the wiring closet patch panel using 25-Mbps port
adapter connections, use the special 96-pin Molex connector with either the
4 RJ-45 multileg cable or the 12 RJ-45 multileg cable. (See Figure B-6.)

Caution To avoid receiving erroneous failure messages, allow at least 15 seconds for the
system to reinitialize. Note the current configuration of all interfaces before you
remove or insert another port adapter.

Figure B-6 25-Mbps Multiple Connection Cable

RJ-45 96-pin Molex


32768

connectors connector

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-10 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts


Table B-2 lists the signals for RJ-45 cable connectors. Figure B-7 shows the
RJ-45 connector.

Table B-2 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Pin Signal Description


1 RXD+ Receive data +
2 RXD– Receive data –
3 NC No connection
4 NC No connection
5 NC No connection
6 NC No connection
7 TXD+ Transmit data +
8 TXD– Transmit data –

Figure B-7 RJ-45 and RF-48c Connector

RJ-45
RJ-48c

Pin 1
32770

Pin 8

Note For additional information, refer to the ATM Forum Physical Medium
Specification for 155-Mbps Over Twisted-Pair Cable publication.

Note The terms RJ-45 and RJ-48c are sometimes used interchangeably. The RJ-45 is
the plug; the RJ-48c is the jack or receptacle.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-11
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
RJ-48c Connector Pinouts

RJ-48c Connector Pinouts


Table B-3 lists the signals for RJ-48c connectors. Figure B-7 shows an RJ-48c
connector.

Table B-3 RJ-48c Connector Pinouts

Pin Description
1 Receive ring
2 Receive tip
3 No connection
4 Transmit ring
5 Transmit tip
6 No connection
7 No connection
8 No connection

Figure B-8 RJ-48c Connector and RJ-45 Cable

87654321
32753

RJ-48c connector

Note The terms RJ-45 and RJ-48c are sometimes used interchangeably. The RJ-45 is
the plug; the RJ-48c is the jack or receptacle.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-12 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
MT-RJ Ethernet Connector Pinouts

MT-RJ Ethernet Connector Pinouts


The Ethernet ports on the 100BASE-FX interface module for the
Catalyst 8540 CSR are MT-RJ receptacles. Table B-4 lists the MT-RJ Ethernet
cable connector pinouts.

Table B-4 MT-RJ Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts

Pin Signal Direction Description


1 VeeRX — Receiver signal ground
2 VccRX <— Receive power supply
3 SD — Signal Detect
4 RD- <— Receiver data-
5 RD+ <— Receiver data+
6 VccTX —> Transmit power supply
7 VeeTX —> Transmit signal ground
8 Tdis — Transmit disable
9 TD+ —> Transmit data+
10 TD- —> Transmit data-

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-13
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Figure B-9 MT-RJ Cable Connector

32713
96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector
Pinouts
The four-port 25-Mbps port adapter supports a 96-pin Molex to 4 unshielded
RJ-45 connector. Table B-5 lists the signals for the 96-pin Molex connector.

Note The 4 unshielded RJ-45 connectors do not utilize all 96 pins on the 96-pin Molex
connector. Table B-5 does not list the Molex connector pins that are not used.

Table B-5 96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Molex RJ-45 RJ-45


Signal Pin No. Port No. Pin No. Description
RXA7 9 1 1 Receive data +
RXB7 10 1 2 Receive data –
GND 11 NC NC No connection
GND 12 NC NC No connection
TXA7 13 1 7 Transmit data +
TXB7 14 1 8 Transmit data –
GND 15 NC NC No connection
GND 16 NC NC No connection
RXA6 33 0 1 Receive data +

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-14 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Table B-5 96-Pin Molex to 4 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts (continued)

Molex RJ-45 RJ-45


Signal Pin No. Port No. Pin No. Description
RXB6 34 0 2 Receive data –
GND 35 NC NC No connection
GND 36 NC NC No connection
TXA6 37 0 7 Transmit data +
TXB6 38 0 8 Transmit data –
GND 39 NC NC No connection
GND 40 NC NC No connection
RXA9 65 3 1 Receive data +
RXB9 66 3 2 Receive data –
GND 67 NC NC No connection
GND 68 NC NC No connection
TXA9 69 3 7 Transmit data +
TXB9 70 3 8 Transmit data –
GND 71 NC NC No connection
GND 72 NC NC No connection
RXA8 73 2 1 Receive data +
RXB8 74 2 2 Receive data –
GND 75 NC NC No connection
GND 76 NC NC No connection
TXA8 77 2 7 Transmit data +
TXB8 78 2 8 Transmit data –
GND 79 NC NC No connection
GND 80 NC NC No connection

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-15
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Figure B-10 RJ-45 Connectors with a 96-Pin Molex Connector

RJ-45 96-pin Molex

32768
connectors connector

96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector


Pinouts
The 12-port 25-Mbps port adapter supports a 96-pin Molex to 12 unshielded
RJ-45 connector. Table B-6 lists the signals for the 96-pin Molex connector.

Table B-6 96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Signal Molex Pin No. RJ-45 Port No. RJ-45 Pin No. Description
RXA3 1 3 1 Receive data +
RXB3 2 3 2 Receive data –
GND 3 NC NC No connection
GND 4 NC NC No connection
TXA3 5 3 7 Transmit data +
TXB3 6 3 8 Transmit data –
GND 7 NC NC No connection
GND 8 NC NC No connection
RXA7 9 7 1 Receive data +

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-16 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Table B-6 96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts (continued)

Signal Molex Pin No. RJ-45 Port No. RJ-45 Pin No. Description
RXB7 10 7 2 Receive data –
GND 11 NC NC No connection
GND 12 NC NC No connection
TXA7 13 7 7 Transmit data +
TXB7 14 7 8 Transmit data –
GND 15 NC NC No connection
GND 16 NC NC No connection
RXA11 17 11 1 Receive data +
RXB11 18 11 2 Receive data –
GND 19 NC NC No connection
GND 20 NC NC No connection
TXA11 21 11 7 Transmit data +
TXB11 22 11 8 Transmit data –
GND 23 NC NC No connection
GND 24 NC NC No connection
RXA10 25 10 1 Receive data +
RXB10 26 10 2 Receive data –
GND 27 NC NC No connection
GND 28 NC NC No connection
TXA10 29 10 7 Transmit data +
TXB10 30 10 8 Transmit data –
GND 31 NC NC No connection
GND 32 NC NC No connection
RXA6 33 6 1 Receive data +
RXB6 34 6 2 Receive data –
GND 35 NC NC No connection
GND 36 NC NC No connection

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-17
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Table B-6 96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts (continued)

Signal Molex Pin No. RJ-45 Port No. RJ-45 Pin No. Description
TXA6 37 6 7 Transmit data +
TXB6 38 6 8 Transmit data –
GND 39 NC NC No connection
GND 40 NC NC No connection
TXB2 41 2 8 Transmit data –
TXA2 42 2 7 Transmit data +
GND 43 NC NC No connection
GND 44 NC NC No connection
RXB2 45 2 2 Receive data –
RXA2 46 2 1 Receive data +
GND 47 NC NC No connection
RXA6 48 NC NC No connection
RXA1 49 1 1 Receive data +
RXB1 50 1 2 Receive data –
GND 51 NC NC No connection
GND 52 NC NC No connection
TXA1 53 1 7 Transmit data +
TXB1 54 1 8 Transmit data –
GND 55 NC NC No connection
GND 56 NC NC No connection
RXA4 57 4 1 Receive data +
RXB4 58 4 2 Receive data –
GND 59 NC NC No connection
GND 60 NC NC No connection
TXA4 61 4 7 Transmit data +
TXB4 62 4 8 Transmit data –
GND 63 NC NC No connection

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-18 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Table B-6 96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts (continued)

Signal Molex Pin No. RJ-45 Port No. RJ-45 Pin No. Description
GND 64 NC NC No connection
RXA9 65 9 1 Receive data +
RXB9 66 9 2 Receive data –
GND 67 NC NC No connection
GND 68 NC NC No connection
TXA9 69 9 7 Transmit data +
TXB9 70 9 8 Transmit data –
GND 71 NC NC No connection
GND 72 NC NC No connection
RXA8 73 8 1 Receive data +
RXB8 74 8 2 Receive data –
GND 75 NC NC No connection
GND 76 NC NC No connection
TXA8 77 8 7 Transmit data +
TXB8 78 8 8 Transmit data –
GND 79 NC NC No connection
GND 80 NC NC No connection
TXB5 81 5 8 Transmit data –
TXA5 82 5 7 Transmit data +
GND 83 NC NC No connection
GND 84 NC NC No connection
RXB5 85 5 2 Receive data –
RXA5 86 5 1 Receive data +
GND 87 NC NC No connection
GND 88 NC NC No connection

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-19
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

Table B-6 96-Pin Molex to 12 Unshielded RJ-45 Connector Pinouts (continued)

Signal Molex Pin No. RJ-45 Port No. RJ-45 Pin No. Description
TXB0 89 0 8 Transmit data –
TXA0 90 0 7 Transmit data +
GND 91 NC NC No connection
GND 92 NC NC No connection
RXB0 93 0 2 Receive data –
RXA0 94 0 1 Receive data +
GND 95 NC NC No connection
GND 96 NC NC No connection

Figure B-11 RJ-45 Connectors with a 96-Pin Molex Connector

RJ-45 96-pin Molex


32768

connectors connector

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-20 78-10891-03
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts

Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts


The Ethernet ports on the route processor and the 10/100BASE-T interface
module are RJ-45 receptacles. Table B-7 lists the Ethernet cable connector
pinouts.

Table B-7 RJ-45 Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts

Pin Signal Direction Description


1 RxD+ <— Receive data +
2 RxD– <— Receive data –
3 NC — No connection
4 NC — No connection
5 NC — No connection
6 NC — No connection
7 TxD+ —> Transmit data+
8 TxD– —> Transmit data –

Figure B-12 RJ-45 and RJ-48c Cable Connector

RJ-45
RJ-48c

Pin 1
32770

Pin 8

Note To connect a Catalyst 8540 CSR chassis to a router (such as the Cisco 7500
router) use a straight-through unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable. To connect the
chassis to a switch (such as the Catalyst 5500 switch), use a crossover UTP cable.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 B-21
Appendix B Connectors and Connector Pinouts
Ethernet Cable Connector Pinouts

Figure B-13 SC-Type Fiber Connector Cable

32754
155-Mbps port adapter, the 622-Mbps port adapter, the OC-12c, and the OC-48c
interface module with the external connection for SC-Types

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


B-22 78-10891-03
A P P E N D I X C
Translated Safety Warnings

This appendix provides translations of the following safety warnings, which


appear in this guide. The appendix includes the following warnings:
• Safety Information Referral Warning, page C-1
• Power Cord Warning, page C-2
• No. 26 AWG Warning, page C-4

Safety Information Referral Warning

Warning Before you install, operate, or service the system, read the Site Preparation
and Safety Guide. This guide contains important safety information you should
know before working with the system.

Waarschuwing Lees de handleiding Voorbereiding en veiligheid van de locatie Handleiding


voordat u het systeem installeert of gebruikt of voordat u onderhoud aan het
systeem uitvoert. Deze handleiding bevat belangrijke
beveiligingsvoorschriften waarvan u op de hoogte moet zijn voordat u met het
systeem gaat werken.

Varoitus Ennen kuin asennat järjestelmän tai käytät tai huollat sitä, lue Asennuspaikan
valmistelu-jaturvaopas -opasta. Tässä oppaassa on tärkeitä
turvallisuustietoja, jotka tulisi tietää ennen järjestelmän käyttämistä.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 C-1
Appendix C Translated Safety Warnings
Power Cord Warning

Attention Avant d'installer le système, de l'utiliser ou d'assurer son entretien, veuillez


lire le Guide de sécurité et de préparation du site. Celui-ci présente des
informations importantes relatives à la sécurité, dont vous devriez prendre
connaissance.

Warnung Warnhinweis Bevor Sie das System installieren, in Betrieb setzen oder
warten, lesen Sie die Anleitung zur Standortvorbereitung und
Sicherheitshinweise. Dieses Handbuch enthält wichtige Informationen zur
Sicherheit, mit denen Sie sich vor dem Verwenden des Systems vertraut
machen sollten.

Avvertenza Prima di installare, mettere in funzione o effettuare interventi di


manutenzione sul sistema, leggere le informazioni contenute nella
documentazione sulla Guida alla sicurezza. Tale guida contiene importanti
informazioni che è necessario acquisire prima di iniziare qualsiasi intervento
sul sistema.

Advarsel Før du installerer, tar i bruk eller utfører vedlikehold på systemet, må du lese
Veiledning for stedsklargjøring og sikkerhet. Denne håndboken inneholder
viktig informasjon om sikkerhet som du bør være kjent med før du begynner å
arbeide med systemet.

Aviso Antes de instalar, funcionar com, ou prestar assistência ao sistema, leia o


Guia de Preparação e Segurança do Local. Este guia contém informações de
segurança importantes que deve conhecer antes de trabalhar com o sistema.

¡Advertencia! Antes de instalar, manejar o arreglar el sistema, le aconsejamos que consulte


la Guía de prevención y preparación de una instalación. Esta guía contiene
importante información para su seguridad que debe saber antes de comenzar
a trabajar con el sistema.

Varning! Innan du installerar, använder eller utför service på systemet ska du läsa
Förberedelser och säkerhet Handbok. Denna handbok innehåller viktig
säkerhetsinformation som du bör känna till innan du arbetar med systemet.

Power Cord Warning

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


C-2 78-10891-03
Appendix C Translated Safety Warnings
Power Cord Warning

Warning This unit might have more than one power cord. To reduce the risk of electrical
shock, disconnect all power supply cords before servicing the unit.

Waarschuwing Deze eenheid kan meer dan één elelektriciteitssnoer hebben. Om het risiko op
een elektrische schok te reduceren, dient u alle elektriciteitssnoeren te
ontkoppelen voordat u onderhoud op de eenheid uitvoert.

Varoitus Tässä laitteessa voi olla useampia virtajohtoja. Sähköiskun välttämiseksi on


kaikki sähköjohdot irrotettava ennen laitteen huoltoa.

Attention Cette unité doit être équipée de plusieurs cordons d'alimentation. Pour
réduire le risque de choc électrique, débranchez tous les cordons
d’alimentation avant toute opération de maintenance.

Warnung Diese Einheit könnte mehr als ein Stromkabel haben. Um das Risiko eines
elektrischen Schlags zu reduzieren, trennen Sie vor Bedienung der Einheit
alle Stromkabel ab.

Avvertenza Questa unità può avere più di un cavo elettrico. Per ridurre il rischio di
ricevere una scossa elettrica, staccate tutti i cavi elettrici prima di fare
alcuna manutenzione nell'unità.

Advarsel Denne enheten kan være utstyrt med mer enn én strømledning. Forhindre fare
for elektrisk støt ved å trekke ut alle strømstøpsler før det utføres service eller
reparasjoner på enheten.

Aviso Este dispositivo pode possuir mais do que um cabo de alimentação de


energia. Para reduzir o risco de choque eléctrico, desconecte todos os cabos
de alimentação de energia eléctrica antes de reparar o dispositivo.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 C-3
Appendix C Translated Safety Warnings
No. 26 AWG Warning

¡Advertencia! Esta unidad puede tener más de un cable de suministro eléctrico. Para reducir
el riesgo de electrocución, desconecte todos los cables de suministro
eléctrico antes de reparar la unidad.

Varning! Denna enhet är eventuellt försedd med mer än en nätsladd. Förhindra risken
av elektrisk stöt genom att koppla ur alla strömförsörjningssladdar innan du
utför service eller reparationer på enheten.

No. 26 AWG Warning

Warning To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication
line cord.

Waarschuwing Om brandgevaar te reduceren, dient slechts telecommunicatielijnsnoer nr. 26


AWG of groter gebruikt te worden.

Varoitus Tulipalovaaran vähentämiseksi käytä ainoastaan nro 26 AWG- tai paksumpaa


tietoliikennejohdinta.

Attention Pour réduire le risque d’incendie, n’utiliser que des cordons de lignes de
télécommunications de type AWG nº 26 ou plus larges.

Warnung Zur Reduzierung der Feuergefahr eine Fernmeldeleitungsschnur der Größe 26


AWG oder größer verwenden.

Avvertenza Per ridurre il rischio di incendio, usare solo un cavo per linea di
telecomunicazioni di sezione 0,12 mm2 (26 AWG) o maggiore.

Advarsel Bruk kun AWG nr. 26 eller telekommunikasjonsledninger med større


dimensjon for å redusere faren for brann.

Aviso Para reduzir o risco de incêndio, utilize apenas terminais de fio de


telecomunicações Nº. 26 AWG ou superiores.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


C-4 78-10891-03
Appendix C Translated Safety Warnings
No. 26 AWG Warning

Advertencia Para reducir el riesgo de incendios, usar sólo líneas de telecomunicaciones


de calibre No. 26 AWG o más gruesas.

Varning! För att minska brandrisken skall endast Nr. 26 AWG eller större
telekommunikationsledning användas.

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 C-5
Appendix C Translated Safety Warnings
No. 26 AWG Warning

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


C-6 78-10891-03
I N D EX

SC-type connectors 5-2, 5-5


Numerics
systems 5-1
1.544-Mbps (T1) port adapters 16-port 10/100BASE-T interface modules
ATM connections 10-3 cabling 18-2
cabling 10-6 connections 18-2
connectors 10-7 description 18-1
description 10-2 LEDs 18-3
figure 10-2 network connections 18-1
LEDs 10-8 ports 18-1
RJ-48c connectors 10-7 RJ-45 connectors 18-3
1.544-Mbps (T1 IMA) port adapters 16-port 100BASE-FX interface modules
ATM connections 11-3 cabling 20-2
cabling 11-8 connections 20-2
description 11-1 description 20-1
figure 11-3 LEDs 20-3
LEDs 11-10 MT-RJ connectors 20-3
RJ-48c connectors 11-8 network connections 20-1
155-Mbps port adapters ports 20-1
ATM connections 5-3 2.048-Mbps (E1) port adapters
cabling 5-4 ATM connections 10-3
description 5-2 BNC connectors 10-7
figure 5-2 cabling 10-6
LEDs 5-7 description 10-2
maximum ports 5-2 LEDs 10-8
network connections 5-5 RJ-48c connectors 10-7

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-1
Index

2.048-Mbps (E1 IMA) port adapters


A
ATM connections 11-3
cabling 11-8 Access Control Lists. See ACLs
description 11-1 ACLs
LEDs 11-10 built-in functionality 24-2
RJ-48c connectors 11-8 functionality restrictions 2-28
25-Mbps port adapters installing 2-28
96-pin Molex connectors 4-1, 4-4 two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 24-2
ATM connections 4-3
ATM network connections
cabling 4-4
155-Mbps port adapters 5-5
description 4-1
25-Mbps port adapters 4-4
LEDs 4-5
622-Mbps port adapters 7-4
maximum ports 4-2
ATM router modules (figure) 16-3
maximum ports (table) 4-2
CDS3 connectors B-6
systems 4-1
CDS3 Frame Relay port adapters 15-4
622-Mbps port adapters
CE1 Frame Relay port adapters 12-4
cabling 7-4
CES T1 and E1 port adapters 13-5
description 7-1
DS3 and E3 port adapters 14-5
interfaces 7-4
DS3 connectors B-6
LEDs 7-6
E1 and T1 port adapters 10-7
ports 7-1
E1 connections B-6
SC-type connectors 7-4
E1 IMA port adapters 11-8
96-pin Molex connectors
OC-12c interface module 8-4
25-Mbps port adapters 4-1, 4-4
OC-3c interface modules 6-4
cable (figure) B-10
OC-48c interface modules 9-3
figure 4-3
T1 and E1 port adapters 10-7
note B-14
T1 IMA port adapters 11-8
pinouts B-14, B-20
ATM router modules
ATM connections 16-3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-2 78-10891-03
Index

availability 16-2 port adapters 2-7, 2-8


description 16-1 BNC connectors
differences 16-2 cabling B-6, B-8
functions 16-3 CDS3 Frame Relay port adapters 15-4
images required 16-3 CES E1 port adapters 13-1
LEDs 16-5 CES T1 and E1 port adapters 13-5
systems 16-2 CES T1 port adapters 13-1
ATM systems 1-1 description B-6
ATM Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module DS3 and E3 port adapters 14-1, 14-5
see TSCAM 27-1 E1 and T1 port adapters 10-2, 10-6, 10-7
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet specifications A-11
interface modules 25-1
T1 and E1 port adapters 10-2, 10-6, 10-7
ATM connections 25-3
cabling 25-3
description 25-1 C
LEDs 25-4
cabling
memory 25-1
16-port 100BASE-FX interface
memory (note) 25-2 modules 20-2
ports 25-2 96-pin Molex to 12 RJ-45 multileg B-10
routing tables 25-2 ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
SC-type connectors 25-4 interface modules 25-3

auxiliary port cable management bracket 11-9

availability 3-3 CE1 Frame Relay port adapters 12-3, 12-4

description 3-2 CES E1 and T1 port adapters 13-5


connectors B-2
description B-2
B distance limitations A-14

backplane E1 IMA port adapters 11-7


eight-port 100BASE-FX interface
carrier module 2-9, 2-12
modules 19-2
orientation 2-8, 2-12

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-3
Index

eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface Catalyst 8540 MSR


modules 23-3
network clock modules 3-3
interface modules A-14 CDS3 Frame Relay port adapters
one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
ATM connections 15-2
modules 21-2
cabling 15-4, B-6
pinouts B-16
description 15-1
port adapters A-14
LEDs 15-5
T1 IMA port adapters 11-7
network connections B-6
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 24-3 SC-type connectors 15-1, 15-4
two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface CE1 Frame Relay port adapters
modules 22-3 ATM connections 12-3
types A-14, B-2 cabling 12-3, 12-4
capacitor clips description 12-2
compliance B-10 LEDs 12-5
description B-9 ports 12-2
E3 B-8 RJ-48c connectors 12-4
part number B-10 CES E1and T1 port adapters
reducing emissions B-8 cabling 13-5
captive installation screws CES E1 port adapters
description 2-3 ATM connections 13-3
installing 2-7 BNC connectors 13-1
interface modules 2-3 FCC part 68 Notice 13-3
port adapters 2-7, 2-8 network connections B-6
removing 2-8 CES T1 and E1 port adapters
carrier modules BNC connectors 13-5
description 1-4 description 13-1
figure 1-4 LEDs 13-7
installing 2-8 RJ-48c connectors 13-5
removing 2-12 CES T1 port adapters
specifications A-1, A-2

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-4 78-10891-03
Index

ATM connections 13-3 audience xvii


FCC part 68 notice 13-3 Catalyst 5500 1-2
channelized E1 Frame Relay port adapter. See conventions xx
CE1 Frame Relay port adapter
organization xviii
circuit emulation service. See CES purpose xvii
commands
related xxiv
copy flash tftp 2-17
safety 2-1, 2-2
copy tftp flash 2-19
DRAM SIMMs
show configuration 2-7, 2-10
description 3-4
show interface 2-10
DS3 and E3 port adapters
show interface atm 2-7
ATM connections 14-3
connectors
BNC connectors 14-5
cabling B-2
cabling 14-5
pinouts B-1
coaxial (figure) 14-6
console
connectors 14-6
port description 3-2
description 14-1
copy flash tftp command 2-17
LEDs 14-6, 14-7
copy tftp flash command 2-19
RG-59 connectors 14-5
CS-03 certification
DS3 port adapters
T1 IMA port adapters 11-5
network connections B-6

D E
differential mode delay. See DMD
E1 and T1 IMA port adapters
DMD ATM connections 11-3
advantages 2-24
cabling 11-8
description 2-24 description 11-1
occurrences 2-24
LEDs 11-10
solution 2-25 RJ-48c connectors 11-8
documentation

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-5
Index

E1 and T1 port adapters network connections B-6


ATM connections 10-3 eight-port 10/100BASE-T interface modules
BNC connectors 10-7 cabling 17-2
cabling 10-6 connections 17-2
description 10-2 description 17-1
LEDs 10-8 LEDs 17-3
E1 CES port adapter. See CES T1 and E1 port network connections 17-1
adapters
ports 17-1
E1 IMA port adapters
RJ-45 connectors 17-2
ATM connections 11-3
eight-port 100BASE-FX interface modules
cabling 11-7
cabling 19-2
E1 port adapters
connections 19-2
cabling B-7
description 19-1
capacitor clips (figure) B-9
LEDs 19-3
interfaces 10-6
network connections 19-1
jumpers (figure) B-9
ports 19-1
LEDs 10-8
SC-type connectors 19-2
network connections B-6
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules
RJ-48c connectors 10-7
ACL functionality (note) 2-28
E3 and DS3 port adapters
cabling 23-3
ATM connections 14-3
connections 23-2
BNC connectors 14-5
description 23-1
cabling 14-5
GBICs 23-2
coaxial (figure) 14-6
memory 23-1
connectors 14-6
network connections 23-1
description 14-1
oversubscription factor (note) 23-2
LEDs 14-6, 14-7
ports 23-2
RG-59 connectors 14-5
SC-type connectors 23-3
E3 port adapters
EMI
capacitor clips B-8

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-6 78-10891-03
Index

capacitor clip B-8 required 2-14


factors B-8 Flash memory single in-line memory module.
Ethernet ports See Flash memory SIMM
Flash PC Cards
description 3-2
pinouts B-21 description 3-4
installing 2-19
removing 2-20
F slots (figure) 3-4

fan LEDs 3-6


FCC part 68 notice G
CES T1 port adapters 13-3
GBICs
T1 IMA port adapters 11-5
T1 port adapters 10-4 care 2-22
compliance 2-23
FC-PCQ. See feature cards 3-8
FC-PFQ description 2-22
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
feature cards 3-8
modules 23-2
feature card per class queuing. See FC-PCQ
handling 2-22
feature card per flow queuing. See FC-PFQ
installing 2-26
feature cards
lifetime 2-22
comparison 3-8
one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
description 3-7 modules 21-2
features removing 2-28
figure 3-7 supported 2-22
maximum switch configuration (table) 3-11 two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
features modules 24-3

hot swapping 1-4, 2-4, 24-1, 25-1, 26-1 two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 22-3
Flash memory SIMM
Gigabit Interface Converters. See GBICs
description 2-13, 3-5
installing 2-13, 2-14

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-7
Index

confirming 2-39
H
Flash memory SIMM 2-14
heat dissipation Flash PC Cards 2-19
interface modules A-5 GBICs 2-26
specifications A-5 patch cords 2-23
hot swapping port adapters 2-5 to 2-7
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet tools required 2-5
interface modules 25-1
interface modules
description 1-4, 2-4
16-port 10/100BASE-T 18-1
example 2-4
16-port 100BASE-FX interface
packet-over-SONET uplink interface modules 20-1
modules 26-1
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
time limit (note) 2-4 interface modules 25-1
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface confirming installation 2-39
modules 24-1
connectors (table) A-7
humidity, specifications A-3
description 1-4
eight-port 100BASE-FX 19-3

I eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface


modules 23-1
IMA Ethernet port pinouts B-21
description 11-2 figure 1-4
E1 IMA port adapters 11-2 heat dissipation A-5
group 11-2 installation screws 2-3
T1 IMA port adapters 11-2 installing 2-39
images one-port Gigabit Ethernet 21-1, 22-1
ATM router modules 16-3 packet-over-SONET uplink with enhanced
Gigabit Ethernet 26-1
downloading 3-5
part numbers A-7
installing
power consumption A-5
ACLs 2-28
release levers 2-3
carrier modules 2-8
safety 2-2

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-8 78-10891-03
Index

specifications A-1, A-2 16-port 100BASE-FX interface


modules 20-1
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet 24-1
two-port Gigabit Ethernet 22-1 ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
interface modules 25-3
inverse multiplexing over ATM. See IMA
eight-port 100BASE-FX interface
modules 19-2
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
J modules 23-1

Japan Approvals Institute for one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface


Telecommunications Equipment modules 21-1

See JATE approvals. packet-over-SONET uplink interface


modules 26-3
JATE approvals
two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
155-Mbps port adapters 5-4 modules 22-3
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet Layer 3 systems 1-1
interface module 25-3
LEDs
DS3 port adapters 14-4
155-Mbps port adapters 5-7
OC-12c interface modules 8-3
16-port 10/100BASE-T interface
OC-3c interface modules 6-3 modules 18-3
packet-over-SONET uplink interface 16-port 100BASE-FX interface
modules 26-3 modules 20-3
T1 IMA port adapters 11-5 25-Mbps port adapters 4-5
T1 port adapters 10-4 622-Mbps port adapter 7-6
ATM router modules 16-5
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
L interface modules 25-4

laser transmission CDS3 Frame Relay port adapters 15-5

description 2-24 to 2-26 CE1 Frame Relay port adapters 12-5

figure 2-25 CES T1 and E1 port adapters 13-7

Layer 3 network connections description 3-5

16-port 10/100BASE-T interface DS3 and E3 port adapters 14-7


modules 18-1 E1 and T1 IMA port adapters 11-10

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-9
Index

E1 port adapters 10-8 packet-over-SONET uplink interface


modules 26-1, 26-2
eight-port 100BASE-FX interface
modules 19-3 placement 25-1
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface See also Flash memory SIMM
modules 23-4
Molex (96-pin) connectors
fan 3-6 pinouts B-14, B-20
link 3-7
MT-RJ connectors
OC-12c interface modules 8-5 16-port 100BASE-FX interface
OC-3c interface modules 6-5 modules 20-3
OC-48c interface modules 9-6 OC-3c interface modules 6-1, 6-4
one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface pinouts B-13
modules 21-3
packet-over-SONET uplink interface
modules 26-4 N
PS0 3-6
network clock modules
PS1 3-6
Catalyst 8540 MSR 3-3
route processors 3-5
Catalyst 8540 MSR (figure) 3-4
route processors (figure) 3-5
description 3-3
switch processors (figure) 3-11
network connections
T1 and E1 IMA port adapters 11-10
155-Mbps port adapters 5-5
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 24-4 16-port 100BASE-FX interface
modules 20-1
two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 22-4 25-Mbps port adapters 4-4
cabling A-13
CES E1 B-6
M
description A-13
memory 24-2 DS3 B-6
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet E1 B-6
interface modules 25-1 E3 B-6
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 23-1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-10 78-10891-03
Index

eight-port 100BASE-FX interface OC-48c interface modules


modules 19-1, 19-2
ATM connections 9-2
eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface cabling 9-4
modules 23-1
connectors 9-4
equipment A-13
description 9-1
OC-3c interface modules 6-2, 6-4
interfaces 9-4
packet-over-SONET uplink interface
modules 26-3 LEDs 9-6
RG-59 coaxial cable B-6 ports 9-2
two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules
modules 22-3 cabling 21-2
nonoperating temperature specifications A-3 description 21-1
GBICs 21-2
LEDs 21-3
O
network connections 21-1
OC-12c interface modules ports 21-1
ATM connections 8-2 SC-type connectors 21-2, 21-3
cabling 8-3
description 8-1
interfaces 8-3 P
JATE approvals 8-3 packet-over-SONET uplink interface modules
LEDs 8-5 connections 26-3
SC-type connectors 8-4 description 26-1
OC-3c interface modules hot swapping 26-1
ATM connections 6-2 LEDs 26-4
description 6-1 memory 26-1
interfaces 6-4 placement 26-1
JATE approvals 6-3 ports 26-2
LEDs 6-5 routing tables (note) 26-2
MT-RJ connectors 6-4 systems 26-1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-11
Index

part numbers packet-over-SONET uplink interface


modules 26-1
interface modules A-7
port adapters A-7 part numbers A-7
power consumption A-5
patch cords
compliance 2-23 removing 2-7 to 2-8
requirements 1-4
description 2-23
safety 2-2
installing 2-23
specifications A-1, A-2
requirements 2-23
T1 B-8
physical layer interface module. See PLIM
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
pinouts
modules 24-1
96-pin Molex connectors B-14, B-20
power
connectors B-1
consumption A-5
MT-RJ connectors B-13
supply, LED 3-6
RJ-45 connectors B-11, B-21
RJ-48c connectors B-12
specifications B-1 R
PLIM 10-6, 11-8, 12-4
redundancy
port adapters
description 1-2
25-Mbps B-10
route processors 1-2
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
interface modules 25-1 switch processors 3-11

CES E1 B-8 release levers

CES T1 B-8 description 2-3

description 1-4 figure 2-3

DS3 B-8 function 2-3

E1 B-8 removal

E3 B-8 Flash memory SIMM 2-17

figure 1-4 removing

installing 2-5 to 2-7 carrier modules 2-12

LED description 1-4 GBICs 2-26, 2-28

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-12 78-10891-03
Index

port adapter 2-7 to 2-8 description 1-2


reset switch Ethernet ports 3-2
description 3-4 features 3-2
LEDs 3-4 Flash PC Cards 2-19
RG-59 coaxial cable LEDs 3-5
DS3 and E3 port adapters 14-5 LEDs (figure) 3-5
network connections B-6 redundancy 1-2
RJ-45 connectors specifications A-1, A-2
16-port 10/100BASE-T interface
modules 18-3
E1 and T1 port adapters 10-2 S
E1 IMA port adapters 11-2
safety
eight-port 10/100BASE-T interface
electricity 2-2
modules 17-2
guidelines 2-2
pinouts B-11
preinstall 2-1
T1 and E1 port adapters 10-2
translated warnings C-1
T1 IMA port adapters 11-2
warning conventions xxii
RJ-48c connectors
SC-type connectors
CE1 Frame Relay port adapters 12-4
155-Mbps port adapters 5-2, 5-5
CES T1 and E1 port adapters 13-5
622-Mbps port adapters 7-1, 7-4
E1 and T1 port adapters 10-7
ATM uplink with enhanced Gigabit Ethernet
E1 IMA port adapters 11-8
interface modules 25-4
E1 port adapters 10-7
CDS3 Frame Relay port adapter 15-4
pinouts B-12
CDS3 Frame Relay port adapters 15-1
T1 and E1 IMA port adapters 11-8
eight-port 100BASE-FX interface
T1 IMA port adapters 11-8 modules 19-2
T1 port adapters 10-7 eight-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
route processors modules 23-3

auxiliary port 3-2 OC-12c interface modules 8-1, 8-4

console port 3-2 OC-48c interface modules 9-1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-13
Index

one-port Gigabit Ethernet interface IMA 11-2


modules 21-2, 21-3
LEDs 11-10
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface RJ-48c connectors 11-8
modules 24-3
T1 and E1 port adapters
two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 22-1, 22-3 ATM connections 10-3
show configuration command 2-7, 2-10 BNC connectors 10-7
show interface atm command 2-7 cabling 10-6
show interface command 2-10 LEDs 10-2, 10-8
specifications RJ-48c connectors 10-7
carrier modules A-1, A-2 T1 CES port adapter. See CES T1 and E1 port
adapters
component specifications (table) A-2
T1 IMA port adapters
heat dissipation A-5
ATM connections 11-3
interface modules A-1, A-2
cabling 11-7
pinouts B-1
CS-03 certification 11-5
power consumption A-5
FCC part 68 notice 11-5
route processors A-1, A-2
JATE approvals 11-5
switch processors A-1, A-2
T1 port adapters
switch processors
FCC part 68 notice 10-4
description 1-3, 3-11
interfaces 10-6
LEDs (figure) 3-11
JATE approvals 10-4
redundancy 3-11
LEDs 10-8
specifications A-1, A-2
RJ-48c connectors 10-7
temperature specifications
T nonoperating A-3
operating A-3
T1 and E1 IMA port adapters
tools
ATM connections 11-3
installing 2-5
cabling 11-8
Traffic-Shaping Carrier Module
description 11-1
see TSCAM 27-1

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-14 78-10891-03
Index

troubleshooting LEDs 24-4


system crash 2-9 memory (note) 24-2
TSCAM ports 24-2
aggregate bandwidth 27-2 routing tables 24-2
available bit rate (ABR) 27-4 SC-type connectors 24-3
best-effort traffic 27-2, 27-4 systems 24-1
Cisco IOS Release compatibility 27-1 two-port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules
compatible port adapters 27-1 cabling 22-3
hardware and software requirements 27-4 description 22-1
number per switch router 27-2 GBICs 22-3
online insertion and removal feature LEDs 22-4
(OIR) 27-2
network connections 22-3
peak cell rate (PCR) 27-4
SC-type connectors 22-3
per-class queuing feature card 27-5
per-flow queuing feature card 27-5
power supply 27-5 W
switch router compatibility 27-1
warnings
traffic classes 27-2, 27-3
conventions xxii
UBR 27-4
description xxii
unspecified bit rate (UBR) VP tunnels 27-4
safety C-1
variable rate bit (VBR) 27-2
virtual circuits 27-2
virtual path (VP) tunnels 27-4
two-port enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface
modules 24-2
ACLs 24-2
cabling 24-3
connections 24-3
description 24-1
GBICs 24-3

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


78-10891-03 IN-15
Index

ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide


IN-16 78-10891-03